定时器中断实验代码1

Tutorial: 电子电路 Category: 嵌入式 Published: 2026-08-29 08:09:36 Views: 0 Likes: 0 Comments: 0

130.5.2定时器中断实验代码(1)

/* ========================================================================
 * Project: CubeIDE/06TIM
 * File: Core/Inc/main.h
 * ======================================================================== */
/* USER CODE BEGIN Header */
/**
  ******************************************************************************
  * @file           : main.h
  * @brief          : Header for main.c file.
  *                   This file contains the common defines of the application.
  ******************************************************************************
  * @attention
  *
  * Copyright (c) 2024 STMicroelectronics.
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
  * in the root directory of this software component.
  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
  *
  ******************************************************************************
  */
/* USER CODE END Header */

/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __MAIN_H
#define __MAIN_H

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"

/* Private includes ----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* USER CODE BEGIN Includes */

/* USER CODE END Includes */

/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* USER CODE BEGIN ET */

/* USER CODE END ET */

/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* USER CODE BEGIN EC */

/* USER CODE END EC */

/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* USER CODE BEGIN EM */

/* USER CODE END EM */

/* Exported functions prototypes ---------------------------------------------*/
void Error_Handler(void);

/* USER CODE BEGIN EFP */

/* USER CODE END EFP */

/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
#define LED2_Pin GPIO_PIN_5
#define LED2_GPIO_Port GPIOE
#define LED1_Pin GPIO_PIN_5
#define LED1_GPIO_Port GPIOB

/* USER CODE BEGIN Private defines */

/* USER CODE END Private defines */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* __MAIN_H */

/* ========================================================================
 * Project: CubeIDE/06TIM
 * File: Core/Inc/gpio.h
 * ======================================================================== */
/* USER CODE BEGIN Header */
/**
  ******************************************************************************
  * @file    gpio.h
  * @brief   This file contains all the function prototypes for
  *          the gpio.c file
  ******************************************************************************
  * @attention
  *
  * Copyright (c) 2024 STMicroelectronics.
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
  * in the root directory of this software component.
  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
  *
  ******************************************************************************
  */
/* USER CODE END Header */
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __GPIO_H__
#define __GPIO_H__

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "main.h"

/* USER CODE BEGIN Includes */

/* USER CODE END Includes */

/* USER CODE BEGIN Private defines */

/* USER CODE END Private defines */

void MX_GPIO_Init(void);

/* USER CODE BEGIN Prototypes */

/* USER CODE END Prototypes */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /*__ GPIO_H__ */

/* ========================================================================
 * Project: CubeIDE/06TIM
 * File: Core/Inc/tim.h
 * ======================================================================== */
/* USER CODE BEGIN Header */
/**
  ******************************************************************************
  * @file    tim.h
  * @brief   This file contains all the function prototypes for
  *          the tim.c file
  ******************************************************************************
  * @attention
  *
  * Copyright (c) 2024 STMicroelectronics.
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
  * in the root directory of this software component.
  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
  *
  ******************************************************************************
  */
/* USER CODE END Header */
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __TIM_H__
#define __TIM_H__

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "main.h"

/* USER CODE BEGIN Includes */

/* USER CODE END Includes */

extern TIM_HandleTypeDef htim1;

/* USER CODE BEGIN Private defines */

/* USER CODE END Private defines */

void MX_TIM1_Init(void);

/* USER CODE BEGIN Prototypes */

/* USER CODE END Prototypes */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* __TIM_H__ */

/* ========================================================================
 * Project: CubeIDE/06TIM
 * File: Core/Inc/usart.h
 * ======================================================================== */
/* USER CODE BEGIN Header */
/**
  ******************************************************************************
  * @file    usart.h
  * @brief   This file contains all the function prototypes for
  *          the usart.c file
  ******************************************************************************
  * @attention
  *
  * Copyright (c) 2024 STMicroelectronics.
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
  * in the root directory of this software component.
  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
  *
  ******************************************************************************
  */
/* USER CODE END Header */
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __USART_H__
#define __USART_H__

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "main.h"

/* USER CODE BEGIN Includes */

/* USER CODE END Includes */

extern UART_HandleTypeDef huart1;

/* USER CODE BEGIN Private defines */
extern uint8_t u_buf[256];//printf?


#define printf(...)  HAL_UART_Transmit(&huart1, (uint8_t *)u_buf, sprintf((char*)u_buf, __VA_ARGS__), 0xffff)
/* USER CODE END Private defines */

void MX_USART1_UART_Init(void);

/* USER CODE BEGIN Prototypes */

/* USER CODE END Prototypes */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* __USART_H__ */

/* ========================================================================
 * Project: CubeIDE/06TIM
 * File: Core/Inc/stm32f1xx_it.h
 * ======================================================================== */
/* USER CODE BEGIN Header */
/**
  ******************************************************************************
  * @file    stm32f1xx_it.h
  * @brief   This file contains the headers of the interrupt handlers.
  ******************************************************************************
  * @attention
  *
  * Copyright (c) 2024 STMicroelectronics.
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
  * in the root directory of this software component.
  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
  *
 ******************************************************************************
  */
/* USER CODE END Header */

/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F1xx_IT_H
#define __STM32F1xx_IT_H

#ifdef __cplusplus
 extern "C" {
#endif

/* Private includes ----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* USER CODE BEGIN Includes */

/* USER CODE END Includes */

/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* USER CODE BEGIN ET */

/* USER CODE END ET */

/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* USER CODE BEGIN EC */

/* USER CODE END EC */

/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* USER CODE BEGIN EM */

/* USER CODE END EM */

/* Exported functions prototypes ---------------------------------------------*/
void NMI_Handler(void);
void HardFault_Handler(void);
void MemManage_Handler(void);
void BusFault_Handler(void);
void UsageFault_Handler(void);
void SVC_Handler(void);
void DebugMon_Handler(void);
void PendSV_Handler(void);
void SysTick_Handler(void);
void TIM1_UP_IRQHandler(void);
/* USER CODE BEGIN EFP */

/* USER CODE END EFP */

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* __STM32F1xx_IT_H */

/* ========================================================================
 * Project: CubeIDE/06TIM
 * File: Core/Src/main.c
 * ======================================================================== */
/* USER CODE BEGIN Header */
/**
  ******************************************************************************
  * @file           : main.c
  * @brief          : Main program body
  ******************************************************************************
  * @attention
  *
  * Copyright (c) 2024 STMicroelectronics.
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
  * in the root directory of this software component.
  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
  *
  ******************************************************************************
  */
/* USER CODE END Header */
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "main.h"
#include "tim.h"
#include "usart.h"
#include "gpio.h"

/* Private includes ----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* USER CODE BEGIN Includes */

/* USER CODE END Includes */

/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* USER CODE BEGIN PTD */

/* USER CODE END PTD */

/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* USER CODE BEGIN PD */

/* USER CODE END PD */

/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* USER CODE BEGIN PM */

/* USER CODE END PM */

/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/

/* USER CODE BEGIN PV */
uint8_t UART_Buf[200];
uint32_t G_TIM_Count = 0;
uint8_t G_UART_Flag = 0;
/* USER CODE END PV */

/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
void SystemClock_Config(void);
/* USER CODE BEGIN PFP */

/* USER CODE END PFP */

/* Private user code ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* USER CODE BEGIN 0 */

/* USER CODE END 0 */

/**
  * @brief  The application entry point.
  * @retval int
  */
int main(void)
{

  /* USER CODE BEGIN 1 */

  /* USER CODE END 1 */

  /* MCU Configuration--------------------------------------------------------*/

  /* Reset of all peripherals, Initializes the Flash interface and the Systick. */
  HAL_Init();

  /* USER CODE BEGIN Init */

  /* USER CODE END Init */

  /* Configure the system clock */
  SystemClock_Config();

  /* USER CODE BEGIN SysInit */

  /* USER CODE END SysInit */

  /* Initialize all configured peripherals */
  MX_GPIO_Init();
  MX_TIM1_Init();
  MX_USART1_UART_Init();
  /* USER CODE BEGIN 2 */
  HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(&htim1);
  /* USER CODE END 2 */

  /* Infinite loop */
  /* USER CODE BEGIN WHILE */
  while (1)
  {
	  if(1 == G_UART_Flag)
	  {
		  printf("MCU stm32 run time is %lus \n",G_TIM_Count);

		  G_UART_Flag = 0;
	  }

    /* USER CODE END WHILE */

    /* USER CODE BEGIN 3 */
  }
  /* USER CODE END 3 */
}

/**
  * @brief System Clock Configuration
  * @retval None
  */
void SystemClock_Config(void)
{
  RCC_OscInitTypeDef RCC_OscInitStruct = {0};
  RCC_ClkInitTypeDef RCC_ClkInitStruct = {0};

  /** Initializes the RCC Oscillators according to the specified parameters
  * in the RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure.
  */
  RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE;
  RCC_OscInitStruct.HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON;
  RCC_OscInitStruct.HSEPredivValue = RCC_HSE_PREDIV_DIV1;
  RCC_OscInitStruct.HSIState = RCC_HSI_ON;
  RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_ON;
  RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLSource = RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE;
  RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLMUL = RCC_PLL_MUL9;
  if (HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStruct) != HAL_OK)
  {
    Error_Handler();
  }

  /** Initializes the CPU, AHB and APB buses clocks
  */
  RCC_ClkInitStruct.ClockType = RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK|RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK
                              |RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1|RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2;
  RCC_ClkInitStruct.SYSCLKSource = RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK;
  RCC_ClkInitStruct.AHBCLKDivider = RCC_SYSCLK_DIV1;
  RCC_ClkInitStruct.APB1CLKDivider = RCC_HCLK_DIV2;
  RCC_ClkInitStruct.APB2CLKDivider = RCC_HCLK_DIV1;

  if (HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(&RCC_ClkInitStruct, FLASH_LATENCY_2) != HAL_OK)
  {
    Error_Handler();
  }
}

/* USER CODE BEGIN 4 */
void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
	if(htim == &htim1)
	{
		HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(LED1_GPIO_Port, LED1_Pin);
		G_TIM_Count++;
		  if(1 == G_TIM_Count%5)
		  {
			  G_UART_Flag = 1;
		  }
		  if(0 == G_TIM_Count%2)
		  {
			  HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(LED2_GPIO_Port, LED2_Pin);
		  }
	}

}
/* USER CODE END 4 */

/**
  * @brief  This function is executed in case of error occurrence.
  * @retval None
  */
void Error_Handler(void)
{
  /* USER CODE BEGIN Error_Handler_Debug */
  /* User can add his own implementation to report the HAL error return state */
  __disable_irq();
  while (1)
  {
  }
  /* USER CODE END Error_Handler_Debug */
}

#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
/**
  * @brief  Reports the name of the source file and the source line number
  *         where the assert_param error has occurred.
  * @param  file: pointer to the source file name
  * @param  line: assert_param error line source number
  * @retval None
  */
void assert_failed(uint8_t *file, uint32_t line)
{
  /* USER CODE BEGIN 6 */
  /* User can add his own implementation to report the file name and line number,
     ex: printf("Wrong parameters value: file %s on line %d\r\n", file, line) */
  /* USER CODE END 6 */
}
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */

/* ========================================================================
 * Project: CubeIDE/06TIM
 * File: Core/Src/gpio.c
 * ======================================================================== */
/* USER CODE BEGIN Header */
/**
  ******************************************************************************
  * @file    gpio.c
  * @brief   This file provides code for the configuration
  *          of all used GPIO pins.
  ******************************************************************************
  * @attention
  *
  * Copyright (c) 2024 STMicroelectronics.
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
  * in the root directory of this software component.
  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
  *
  ******************************************************************************
  */
/* USER CODE END Header */

/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "gpio.h"

/* USER CODE BEGIN 0 */

/* USER CODE END 0 */

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Configure GPIO                                                             */
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* USER CODE BEGIN 1 */

/* USER CODE END 1 */

/** Configure pins as
        * Analog
        * Input
        * Output
        * EVENT_OUT
        * EXTI
*/
void MX_GPIO_Init(void)
{

  GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStruct = {0};

  /* GPIO Ports Clock Enable */
  __HAL_RCC_GPIOE_CLK_ENABLE();
  __HAL_RCC_GPIOA_CLK_ENABLE();
  __HAL_RCC_GPIOB_CLK_ENABLE();

  /*Configure GPIO pin Output Level */
  HAL_GPIO_WritePin(LED2_GPIO_Port, LED2_Pin, GPIO_PIN_SET);

  /*Configure GPIO pin Output Level */
  HAL_GPIO_WritePin(LED1_GPIO_Port, LED1_Pin, GPIO_PIN_SET);

  /*Configure GPIO pin : PtPin */
  GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = LED2_Pin;
  GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP;
  GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL;
  GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW;
  HAL_GPIO_Init(LED2_GPIO_Port, &GPIO_InitStruct);

  /*Configure GPIO pin : PtPin */
  GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = LED1_Pin;
  GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP;
  GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL;
  GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW;
  HAL_GPIO_Init(LED1_GPIO_Port, &GPIO_InitStruct);

}

/* USER CODE BEGIN 2 */

/* USER CODE END 2 */

/* ========================================================================
 * Project: CubeIDE/06TIM
 * File: Core/Src/tim.c
 * ======================================================================== */
/* USER CODE BEGIN Header */
/**
  ******************************************************************************
  * @file    tim.c
  * @brief   This file provides code for the configuration
  *          of the TIM instances.
  ******************************************************************************
  * @attention
  *
  * Copyright (c) 2024 STMicroelectronics.
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
  * in the root directory of this software component.
  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
  *
  ******************************************************************************
  */
/* USER CODE END Header */
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "tim.h"

/* USER CODE BEGIN 0 */

/* USER CODE END 0 */

TIM_HandleTypeDef htim1;

/* TIM1 init function */
void MX_TIM1_Init(void)
{

  /* USER CODE BEGIN TIM1_Init 0 */

  /* USER CODE END TIM1_Init 0 */

  TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef sClockSourceConfig = {0};
  TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef sMasterConfig = {0};

  /* USER CODE BEGIN TIM1_Init 1 */

  /* USER CODE END TIM1_Init 1 */
  htim1.Instance = TIM1;
  htim1.Init.Prescaler = 7199;
  htim1.Init.CounterMode = TIM_COUNTERMODE_UP;
  htim1.Init.Period = 9999;
  htim1.Init.ClockDivision = TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV1;
  htim1.Init.RepetitionCounter = 0;
  htim1.Init.AutoReloadPreload = TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD_ENABLE;
  if (HAL_TIM_Base_Init(&htim1) != HAL_OK)
  {
    Error_Handler();
  }
  sClockSourceConfig.ClockSource = TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_INTERNAL;
  if (HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource(&htim1, &sClockSourceConfig) != HAL_OK)
  {
    Error_Handler();
  }
  sMasterConfig.MasterOutputTrigger = TIM_TRGO_RESET;
  sMasterConfig.MasterSlaveMode = TIM_MASTERSLAVEMODE_DISABLE;
  if (HAL_TIMEx_MasterConfigSynchronization(&htim1, &sMasterConfig) != HAL_OK)
  {
    Error_Handler();
  }
  /* USER CODE BEGIN TIM1_Init 2 */

  /* USER CODE END TIM1_Init 2 */

}

void HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef* tim_baseHandle)
{

  if(tim_baseHandle->Instance==TIM1)
  {
  /* USER CODE BEGIN TIM1_MspInit 0 */

  /* USER CODE END TIM1_MspInit 0 */
    /* TIM1 clock enable */
    __HAL_RCC_TIM1_CLK_ENABLE();

    /* TIM1 interrupt Init */
    HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(TIM1_UP_IRQn, 0, 0);
    HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(TIM1_UP_IRQn);
  /* USER CODE BEGIN TIM1_MspInit 1 */

  /* USER CODE END TIM1_MspInit 1 */
  }
}

void HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef* tim_baseHandle)
{

  if(tim_baseHandle->Instance==TIM1)
  {
  /* USER CODE BEGIN TIM1_MspDeInit 0 */

  /* USER CODE END TIM1_MspDeInit 0 */
    /* Peripheral clock disable */
    __HAL_RCC_TIM1_CLK_DISABLE();

    /* TIM1 interrupt Deinit */
    HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(TIM1_UP_IRQn);
  /* USER CODE BEGIN TIM1_MspDeInit 1 */

  /* USER CODE END TIM1_MspDeInit 1 */
  }
}

/* USER CODE BEGIN 1 */

/* USER CODE END 1 */

/* ========================================================================
 * Project: CubeIDE/06TIM
 * File: Core/Src/usart.c
 * ======================================================================== */
/* USER CODE BEGIN Header */
/**
  ******************************************************************************
  * @file    usart.c
  * @brief   This file provides code for the configuration
  *          of the USART instances.
  ******************************************************************************
  * @attention
  *
  * Copyright (c) 2024 STMicroelectronics.
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
  * in the root directory of this software component.
  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
  *
  ******************************************************************************
  */
/* USER CODE END Header */
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "usart.h"

/* USER CODE BEGIN 0 */
uint8_t u_buf[256];
/* USER CODE END 0 */

UART_HandleTypeDef huart1;

/* USART1 init function */

void MX_USART1_UART_Init(void)
{

  /* USER CODE BEGIN USART1_Init 0 */

  /* USER CODE END USART1_Init 0 */

  /* USER CODE BEGIN USART1_Init 1 */

  /* USER CODE END USART1_Init 1 */
  huart1.Instance = USART1;
  huart1.Init.BaudRate = 115200;
  huart1.Init.WordLength = UART_WORDLENGTH_8B;
  huart1.Init.StopBits = UART_STOPBITS_1;
  huart1.Init.Parity = UART_PARITY_NONE;
  huart1.Init.Mode = UART_MODE_TX_RX;
  huart1.Init.HwFlowCtl = UART_HWCONTROL_NONE;
  huart1.Init.OverSampling = UART_OVERSAMPLING_16;
  if (HAL_UART_Init(&huart1) != HAL_OK)
  {
    Error_Handler();
  }
  /* USER CODE BEGIN USART1_Init 2 */

  /* USER CODE END USART1_Init 2 */

}

void HAL_UART_MspInit(UART_HandleTypeDef* uartHandle)
{

  GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStruct = {0};
  if(uartHandle->Instance==USART1)
  {
  /* USER CODE BEGIN USART1_MspInit 0 */

  /* USER CODE END USART1_MspInit 0 */
    /* USART1 clock enable */
    __HAL_RCC_USART1_CLK_ENABLE();

    __HAL_RCC_GPIOA_CLK_ENABLE();
    /**USART1 GPIO Configuration
    PA9     ------> USART1_TX
    PA10     ------> USART1_RX
    */
    GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = GPIO_PIN_9;
    GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_PP;
    GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH;
    HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOA, &GPIO_InitStruct);

    GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = GPIO_PIN_10;
    GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_INPUT;
    GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL;
    HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOA, &GPIO_InitStruct);

  /* USER CODE BEGIN USART1_MspInit 1 */

  /* USER CODE END USART1_MspInit 1 */
  }
}

void HAL_UART_MspDeInit(UART_HandleTypeDef* uartHandle)
{

  if(uartHandle->Instance==USART1)
  {
  /* USER CODE BEGIN USART1_MspDeInit 0 */

  /* USER CODE END USART1_MspDeInit 0 */
    /* Peripheral clock disable */
    __HAL_RCC_USART1_CLK_DISABLE();

    /**USART1 GPIO Configuration
    PA9     ------> USART1_TX
    PA10     ------> USART1_RX
    */
    HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIOA, GPIO_PIN_9|GPIO_PIN_10);

  /* USER CODE BEGIN USART1_MspDeInit 1 */

  /* USER CODE END USART1_MspDeInit 1 */
  }
}

/* USER CODE BEGIN 1 */

/* USER CODE END 1 */

/* ========================================================================
 * Project: CubeIDE/06TIM
 * File: Core/Src/stm32f1xx_it.c
 * ======================================================================== */
/* USER CODE BEGIN Header */
/**
  ******************************************************************************
  * @file    stm32f1xx_it.c
  * @brief   Interrupt Service Routines.
  ******************************************************************************
  * @attention
  *
  * Copyright (c) 2024 STMicroelectronics.
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
  * in the root directory of this software component.
  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
  *
  ******************************************************************************
  */
/* USER CODE END Header */

/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "main.h"
#include "stm32f1xx_it.h"
/* Private includes ----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* USER CODE BEGIN Includes */
/* USER CODE END Includes */

/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* USER CODE BEGIN TD */

/* USER CODE END TD */

/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* USER CODE BEGIN PD */

/* USER CODE END PD */

/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* USER CODE BEGIN PM */

/* USER CODE END PM */

/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* USER CODE BEGIN PV */

/* USER CODE END PV */

/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* USER CODE BEGIN PFP */

/* USER CODE END PFP */

/* Private user code ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* USER CODE BEGIN 0 */

/* USER CODE END 0 */

/* External variables --------------------------------------------------------*/
extern TIM_HandleTypeDef htim1;
/* USER CODE BEGIN EV */

/* USER CODE END EV */

/******************************************************************************/
/*           Cortex-M3 Processor Interruption and Exception Handlers          */
/******************************************************************************/
/**
  * @brief This function handles Non maskable interrupt.
  */
void NMI_Handler(void)
{
  /* USER CODE BEGIN NonMaskableInt_IRQn 0 */

  /* USER CODE END NonMaskableInt_IRQn 0 */
  /* USER CODE BEGIN NonMaskableInt_IRQn 1 */
  while (1)
  {
  }
  /* USER CODE END NonMaskableInt_IRQn 1 */
}

/**
  * @brief This function handles Hard fault interrupt.
  */
void HardFault_Handler(void)
{
  /* USER CODE BEGIN HardFault_IRQn 0 */

  /* USER CODE END HardFault_IRQn 0 */
  while (1)
  {
    /* USER CODE BEGIN W1_HardFault_IRQn 0 */
    /* USER CODE END W1_HardFault_IRQn 0 */
  }
}

/**
  * @brief This function handles Memory management fault.
  */
void MemManage_Handler(void)
{
  /* USER CODE BEGIN MemoryManagement_IRQn 0 */

  /* USER CODE END MemoryManagement_IRQn 0 */
  while (1)
  {
    /* USER CODE BEGIN W1_MemoryManagement_IRQn 0 */
    /* USER CODE END W1_MemoryManagement_IRQn 0 */
  }
}

/**
  * @brief This function handles Prefetch fault, memory access fault.
  */
void BusFault_Handler(void)
{
  /* USER CODE BEGIN BusFault_IRQn 0 */

  /* USER CODE END BusFault_IRQn 0 */
  while (1)
  {
    /* USER CODE BEGIN W1_BusFault_IRQn 0 */
    /* USER CODE END W1_BusFault_IRQn 0 */
  }
}

/**
  * @brief This function handles Undefined instruction or illegal state.
  */
void UsageFault_Handler(void)
{
  /* USER CODE BEGIN UsageFault_IRQn 0 */

  /* USER CODE END UsageFault_IRQn 0 */
  while (1)
  {
    /* USER CODE BEGIN W1_UsageFault_IRQn 0 */
    /* USER CODE END W1_UsageFault_IRQn 0 */
  }
}

/**
  * @brief This function handles System service call via SWI instruction.
  */
void SVC_Handler(void)
{
  /* USER CODE BEGIN SVCall_IRQn 0 */

  /* USER CODE END SVCall_IRQn 0 */
  /* USER CODE BEGIN SVCall_IRQn 1 */

  /* USER CODE END SVCall_IRQn 1 */
}

/**
  * @brief This function handles Debug monitor.
  */
void DebugMon_Handler(void)
{
  /* USER CODE BEGIN DebugMonitor_IRQn 0 */

  /* USER CODE END DebugMonitor_IRQn 0 */
  /* USER CODE BEGIN DebugMonitor_IRQn 1 */

  /* USER CODE END DebugMonitor_IRQn 1 */
}

/**
  * @brief This function handles Pendable request for system service.
  */
void PendSV_Handler(void)
{
  /* USER CODE BEGIN PendSV_IRQn 0 */

  /* USER CODE END PendSV_IRQn 0 */
  /* USER CODE BEGIN PendSV_IRQn 1 */

  /* USER CODE END PendSV_IRQn 1 */
}

/**
  * @brief This function handles System tick timer.
  */
void SysTick_Handler(void)
{
  /* USER CODE BEGIN SysTick_IRQn 0 */

  /* USER CODE END SysTick_IRQn 0 */
  HAL_IncTick();
  /* USER CODE BEGIN SysTick_IRQn 1 */

  /* USER CODE END SysTick_IRQn 1 */
}

/******************************************************************************/
/* STM32F1xx Peripheral Interrupt Handlers                                    */
/* Add here the Interrupt Handlers for the used peripherals.                  */
/* For the available peripheral interrupt handler names,                      */
/* please refer to the startup file (startup_stm32f1xx.s).                    */
/******************************************************************************/

/**
  * @brief This function handles TIM1 update interrupt.
  */
void TIM1_UP_IRQHandler(void)
{
  /* USER CODE BEGIN TIM1_UP_IRQn 0 */

  /* USER CODE END TIM1_UP_IRQn 0 */
  HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(&htim1);
  /* USER CODE BEGIN TIM1_UP_IRQn 1 */

  /* USER CODE END TIM1_UP_IRQn 1 */
}

/* USER CODE BEGIN 1 */

/* USER CODE END 1 */

/* ========================================================================
 * Project: CubeIDE/06TIM
 * File: Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_tim.c
 * ======================================================================== */
/**
  ******************************************************************************
  * @file    stm32f1xx_hal_tim.c
  * @author  MCD Application Team
  * @brief   TIM HAL module driver.
  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
  *          functionalities of the Timer (TIM) peripheral:
  *           + TIM Time Base Initialization
  *           + TIM Time Base Start
  *           + TIM Time Base Start Interruption
  *           + TIM Time Base Start DMA
  *           + TIM Output Compare/PWM Initialization
  *           + TIM Output Compare/PWM Channel Configuration
  *           + TIM Output Compare/PWM  Start
  *           + TIM Output Compare/PWM  Start Interruption
  *           + TIM Output Compare/PWM Start DMA
  *           + TIM Input Capture Initialization
  *           + TIM Input Capture Channel Configuration
  *           + TIM Input Capture Start
  *           + TIM Input Capture Start Interruption
  *           + TIM Input Capture Start DMA
  *           + TIM One Pulse Initialization
  *           + TIM One Pulse Channel Configuration
  *           + TIM One Pulse Start
  *           + TIM Encoder Interface Initialization
  *           + TIM Encoder Interface Start
  *           + TIM Encoder Interface Start Interruption
  *           + TIM Encoder Interface Start DMA
  *           + Commutation Event configuration with Interruption and DMA
  *           + TIM OCRef clear configuration
  *           + TIM External Clock configuration
  ******************************************************************************
  * @attention
  *
  * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
  * in the root directory of this software component.
  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
  *
  ******************************************************************************
  @verbatim
  ==============================================================================
                      ##### TIMER Generic features #####
  ==============================================================================
  [..] The Timer features include:
       (#) 16-bit up, down, up/down auto-reload counter.
       (#) 16-bit programmable prescaler allowing dividing (also on the fly) the
           counter clock frequency either by any factor between 1 and 65536.
       (#) Up to 4 independent channels for:
           (++) Input Capture
           (++) Output Compare
           (++) PWM generation (Edge and Center-aligned Mode)
           (++) One-pulse mode output
       (#) Synchronization circuit to control the timer with external signals and to interconnect
            several timers together.
       (#) Supports incremental encoder for positioning purposes

            ##### How to use this driver #####
  ==============================================================================
    [..]
     (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources by implementing the following functions
         depending on the selected feature:
           (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit()
           (++) Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit()
           (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit()
           (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit()
           (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit()
           (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit()

     (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources :
        (##) Enable the TIM interface clock using __HAL_RCC_TIMx_CLK_ENABLE();
        (##) TIM pins configuration
            (+++) Enable the clock for the TIM GPIOs using the following function:
             __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE();
            (+++) Configure these TIM pins in Alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init();

     (#) The external Clock can be configured, if needed (the default clock is the
         internal clock from the APBx), using the following function:
         HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource, the clock configuration should be done before
         any start function.

     (#) Configure the TIM in the desired functioning mode using one of the
       Initialization function of this driver:
       (++) HAL_TIM_Base_Init: to use the Timer to generate a simple time base
       (++) HAL_TIM_OC_Init and HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate an
            Output Compare signal.
       (++) HAL_TIM_PWM_Init and HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate a
            PWM signal.
       (++) HAL_TIM_IC_Init and HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to measure an
            external signal.
       (++) HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init and HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer
            in One Pulse Mode.
       (++) HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init: to use the Timer Encoder Interface.

     (#) Activate the TIM peripheral using one of the start functions depending from the feature used:
           (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_Start(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT()
           (++) Input Capture :  HAL_TIM_IC_Start(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT()
           (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_Start(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT()
           (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT()
           (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(), HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT()
           (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT().

     (#) The DMA Burst is managed with the two following functions:
         HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart()
         HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart()

    *** Callback registration ***
  =============================================

  [..]
  The compilation define  USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1
  allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.

  [..]
  Use Function HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() to register a callback.
  HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
  the Callback ID and a pointer to the user callback function.

  [..]
  Use function HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default
  weak function.
  HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
  and the Callback ID.

  [..]
  These functions allow to register/unregister following callbacks:
    (+) Base_MspInitCallback              : TIM Base Msp Init Callback.
    (+) Base_MspDeInitCallback            : TIM Base Msp DeInit Callback.
    (+) IC_MspInitCallback                : TIM IC Msp Init Callback.
    (+) IC_MspDeInitCallback              : TIM IC Msp DeInit Callback.
    (+) OC_MspInitCallback                : TIM OC Msp Init Callback.
    (+) OC_MspDeInitCallback              : TIM OC Msp DeInit Callback.
    (+) PWM_MspInitCallback               : TIM PWM Msp Init Callback.
    (+) PWM_MspDeInitCallback             : TIM PWM Msp DeInit Callback.
    (+) OnePulse_MspInitCallback          : TIM One Pulse Msp Init Callback.
    (+) OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback        : TIM One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback.
    (+) Encoder_MspInitCallback           : TIM Encoder Msp Init Callback.
    (+) Encoder_MspDeInitCallback         : TIM Encoder Msp DeInit Callback.
    (+) HallSensor_MspInitCallback        : TIM Hall Sensor Msp Init Callback.
    (+) HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback      : TIM Hall Sensor Msp DeInit Callback.
    (+) PeriodElapsedCallback             : TIM Period Elapsed Callback.
    (+) PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback     : TIM Period Elapsed half complete Callback.
    (+) TriggerCallback                   : TIM Trigger Callback.
    (+) TriggerHalfCpltCallback           : TIM Trigger half complete Callback.
    (+) IC_CaptureCallback                : TIM Input Capture Callback.
    (+) IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback        : TIM Input Capture half complete Callback.
    (+) OC_DelayElapsedCallback           : TIM Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback.
    (+) PWM_PulseFinishedCallback         : TIM PWM Pulse Finished Callback.
    (+) PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback : TIM PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback.
    (+) ErrorCallback                     : TIM Error Callback.
    (+) CommutationCallback               : TIM Commutation Callback.
    (+) CommutationHalfCpltCallback       : TIM Commutation half complete Callback.
    (+) BreakCallback                     : TIM Break Callback.

  [..]
By default, after the Init and when the state is HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET
all interrupt callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions:
  examples HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(), HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback().

  [..]
  Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are reset to the legacy weak
  functionalities in the Init / DeInit only when these callbacks are null
  (not registered beforehand). If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the Init / DeInit
    keep and use the user MspInit / MspDeInit callbacks(registered beforehand)

  [..]
    Callbacks can be registered / unregistered in HAL_TIM_STATE_READY state only.
    Exception done MspInit / MspDeInit that can be registered / unregistered
    in HAL_TIM_STATE_READY or HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET state,
    thus registered(user) MspInit / DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init / DeInit.
  In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
      using HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() before calling DeInit or Init function.

  [..]
      When The compilation define USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
      not defined, the callback registration feature is not available and all callbacks
      are set to the corresponding weak functions.

  @endverbatim
  ******************************************************************************
  */

/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"

/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
  * @{
  */

/** @defgroup TIM TIM
  * @brief TIM HAL module driver
  * @{
  */

#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED

/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup TIM_Private_Functions
  * @{
  */
static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, const TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config);
static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, const TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config);
static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, const TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config);
static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
                              uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
                              uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
                              uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t InputTriggerSource);
static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
static void TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
static void TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
static HAL_StatusTypeDef TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
                                                  const TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig);
/**
  * @}
  */
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/

/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions TIM Exported Functions
  * @{
  */

/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group1 TIM Time Base functions
  *  @brief    Time Base functions
  *
@verbatim
  ==============================================================================
              ##### Time Base functions #####
  ==============================================================================
  [..]
    This section provides functions allowing to:
    (+) Initialize and configure the TIM base.
    (+) De-initialize the TIM base.
    (+) Start the Time Base.
    (+) Stop the Time Base.
    (+) Start the Time Base and enable interrupt.
    (+) Stop the Time Base and disable interrupt.
    (+) Start the Time Base and enable DMA transfer.
    (+) Stop the Time Base and disable DMA transfer.

@endverbatim
  * @{
  */
/**
  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Time base Unit according to the specified
  *         parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
  * @note   Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse)
  *         requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction
  *         due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
  *         Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_Base_Init()
  * @param  htim TIM Base handle
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
  if (htim == NULL)
  {
    return HAL_ERROR;
  }

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_PERIOD(htim->Init.Period));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));

  if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
  {
    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
    htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;

#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
    /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */
    TIM_ResetCallback(htim);

    if (htim->Base_MspInitCallback == NULL)
    {
      htim->Base_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit;
    }
    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
    htim->Base_MspInitCallback(htim);
#else
    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
    HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(htim);
#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
  }

  /* Set the TIM state */
  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;

  /* Set the Time Base configuration */
  TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);

  /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */
  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY;

  /* Initialize the TIM channels state */
  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);

  /* Initialize the TIM state*/
  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;

  return HAL_OK;
}

/**
  * @brief  DeInitializes the TIM Base peripheral
  * @param  htim TIM Base handle
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;

  /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);

#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
  if (htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
  {
    htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit;
  }
  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
  htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
#else
  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
  HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(htim);
#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */

  /* Change the DMA burst operation state */
  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET;

  /* Change the TIM channels state */
  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);

  /* Change TIM state */
  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;

  /* Release Lock */
  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);

  return HAL_OK;
}

/**
  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Base MSP.
  * @param  htim TIM Base handle
  * @retval None
  */
__weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
  UNUSED(htim);

  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
            the HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
   */
}

/**
  * @brief  DeInitializes TIM Base MSP.
  * @param  htim TIM Base handle
  * @retval None
  */
__weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
  UNUSED(htim);

  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
            the HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
   */
}


/**
  * @brief  Starts the TIM Base generation.
  * @param  htim TIM Base handle
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  uint32_t tmpsmcr;

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

  /* Check the TIM state */
  if (htim->State != HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)
  {
    return HAL_ERROR;
  }

  /* Set the TIM state */
  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;

  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
  {
    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
    {
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
    }
  }
  else
  {
    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
  }

  /* Return function status */
  return HAL_OK;
}

/**
  * @brief  Stops the TIM Base generation.
  * @param  htim TIM Base handle
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

  /* Disable the Peripheral */
  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);

  /* Set the TIM state */
  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;

  /* Return function status */
  return HAL_OK;
}

/**
  * @brief  Starts the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode.
  * @param  htim TIM Base handle
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  uint32_t tmpsmcr;

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

  /* Check the TIM state */
  if (htim->State != HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)
  {
    return HAL_ERROR;
  }

  /* Set the TIM state */
  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;

  /* Enable the TIM Update interrupt */
  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE);

  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
  {
    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
    {
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
    }
  }
  else
  {
    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
  }

  /* Return function status */
  return HAL_OK;
}

/**
  * @brief  Stops the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode.
  * @param  htim TIM Base handle
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

  /* Disable the TIM Update interrupt */
  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE);

  /* Disable the Peripheral */
  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);

  /* Set the TIM state */
  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;

  /* Return function status */
  return HAL_OK;
}

/**
  * @brief  Starts the TIM Base generation in DMA mode.
  * @param  htim TIM Base handle
  * @param  pData The source Buffer address.
  * @param  Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to peripheral.
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, const uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
{
  uint32_t tmpsmcr;

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

  /* Set the TIM state */
  if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)
  {
    return HAL_BUSY;
  }
  else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)
  {
    if ((pData == NULL) || (Length == 0U))
    {
      return HAL_ERROR;
    }
    else
    {
      htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
    }
  }
  else
  {
    return HAL_ERROR;
  }

  /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callbacks */
  htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt;
  htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt;

  /* Set the DMA error callback */
  htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;

  /* Enable the DMA channel */
  if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->ARR,
                       Length) != HAL_OK)
  {
    /* Return error status */
    return HAL_ERROR;
  }

  /* Enable the TIM Update DMA request */
  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE);

  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
  {
    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
    {
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
    }
  }
  else
  {
    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
  }

  /* Return function status */
  return HAL_OK;
}

/**
  * @brief  Stops the TIM Base generation in DMA mode.
  * @param  htim TIM Base handle
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

  /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */
  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE);

  (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]);

  /* Disable the Peripheral */
  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);

  /* Set the TIM state */
  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;

  /* Return function status */
  return HAL_OK;
}

/**
  * @}
  */

/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group2 TIM Output Compare functions
  *  @brief    TIM Output Compare functions
  *
@verbatim
  ==============================================================================
                  ##### TIM Output Compare functions #####
  ==============================================================================
  [..]
    This section provides functions allowing to:
    (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Output Compare.
    (+) De-initialize the TIM Output Compare.
    (+) Start the TIM Output Compare.
    (+) Stop the TIM Output Compare.
    (+) Start the TIM Output Compare and enable interrupt.
    (+) Stop the TIM Output Compare and disable interrupt.
    (+) Start the TIM Output Compare and enable DMA transfer.
    (+) Stop the TIM Output Compare and disable DMA transfer.

@endverbatim
  * @{
  */
/**
  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Output Compare according to the specified
  *         parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle.
  * @note   Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse)
  *         requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction
  *         due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
  *         Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_OC_Init()
  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
  if (htim == NULL)
  {
    return HAL_ERROR;
  }

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_PERIOD(htim->Init.Period));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));

  if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
  {
    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
    htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;

#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
    /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */
    TIM_ResetCallback(htim);

    if (htim->OC_MspInitCallback == NULL)
    {
      htim->OC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit;
    }
    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
    htim->OC_MspInitCallback(htim);
#else
    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
    HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(htim);
#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
  }

  /* Set the TIM state */
  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;

  /* Init the base time for the Output Compare */
  TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance,  &htim->Init);

  /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */
  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY;

  /* Initialize the TIM channels state */
  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);

  /* Initialize the TIM state*/
  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;

  return HAL_OK;
}

/**
  * @brief  DeInitializes the TIM peripheral
  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;

  /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);

#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
  if (htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
  {
    htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit;
  }
  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
  htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
#else
  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
  HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(htim);
#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */

  /* Change the DMA burst operation state */
  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET;

  /* Change the TIM channels state */
  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);

  /* Change TIM state */
  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;

  /* Release Lock */
  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);

  return HAL_OK;
}

/**
  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Output Compare MSP.
  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
  * @retval None
  */
__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
  UNUSED(htim);

  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
            the HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
   */
}

/**
  * @brief  DeInitializes TIM Output Compare MSP.
  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
  * @retval None
  */
__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
  UNUSED(htim);

  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
            the HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
   */
}

/**
  * @brief  Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation.
  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
  * @param  Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
{
  uint32_t tmpsmcr;

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));

  /* Check the TIM channel state */
  if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
  {
    return HAL_ERROR;
  }

  /* Set the TIM channel state */
  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);

  /* Enable the Output compare channel */
  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);

  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
  {
    /* Enable the main output */
    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
  }

  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
  {
    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
    {
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
    }
  }
  else
  {
    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
  }

  /* Return function status */
  return HAL_OK;
}

/**
  * @brief  Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation.
  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
  * @param  Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
{
  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));

  /* Disable the Output compare channel */
  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);

  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
  {
    /* Disable the Main Output */
    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
  }

  /* Disable the Peripheral */
  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);

  /* Set the TIM channel state */
  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);

  /* Return function status */
  return HAL_OK;
}

/**
  * @brief  Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode.
  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
  * @param  Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
{
  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
  uint32_t tmpsmcr;

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));

  /* Check the TIM channel state */
  if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
  {
    return HAL_ERROR;
  }

  /* Set the TIM channel state */
  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);

  switch (Channel)
  {
    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
    {
      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
    {
      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
    {
      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
    {
      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
      break;
    }

    default:
      status = HAL_ERROR;
      break;
  }

  if (status == HAL_OK)
  {
    /* Enable the Output compare channel */
    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);

    if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
    {
      /* Enable the main output */
      __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
    }

    /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
    if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
    {
      tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
      if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
      {
        __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
      }
    }
    else
    {
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
    }
  }

  /* Return function status */
  return status;
}

/**
  * @brief  Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode.
  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
  * @param  Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
{
  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));

  switch (Channel)
  {
    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
    {
      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
    {
      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
    {
      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
    {
      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
      break;
    }

    default:
      status = HAL_ERROR;
      break;
  }

  if (status == HAL_OK)
  {
    /* Disable the Output compare channel */
    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);

    if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
    {
      /* Disable the Main Output */
      __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
    }

    /* Disable the Peripheral */
    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);

    /* Set the TIM channel state */
    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
  }

  /* Return function status */
  return status;
}

/**
  * @brief  Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode.
  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
  * @param  Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
  * @param  pData The source Buffer address.
  * @param  Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, const uint32_t *pData,
                                       uint16_t Length)
{
  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
  uint32_t tmpsmcr;

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));

  /* Set the TIM channel state */
  if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)
  {
    return HAL_BUSY;
  }
  else if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
  {
    if ((pData == NULL) || (Length == 0U))
    {
      return HAL_ERROR;
    }
    else
    {
      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
    }
  }
  else
  {
    return HAL_ERROR;
  }

  switch (Channel)
  {
    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
    {
      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;

      /* Set the DMA error callback */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;

      /* Enable the DMA channel */
      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1,
                           Length) != HAL_OK)
      {
        /* Return error status */
        return HAL_ERROR;
      }

      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
    {
      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;

      /* Set the DMA error callback */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;

      /* Enable the DMA channel */
      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2,
                           Length) != HAL_OK)
      {
        /* Return error status */
        return HAL_ERROR;
      }

      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
    {
      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;

      /* Set the DMA error callback */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;

      /* Enable the DMA channel */
      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3,
                           Length) != HAL_OK)
      {
        /* Return error status */
        return HAL_ERROR;
      }
      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
    {
      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;

      /* Set the DMA error callback */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;

      /* Enable the DMA channel */
      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4,
                           Length) != HAL_OK)
      {
        /* Return error status */
        return HAL_ERROR;
      }
      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
      break;
    }

    default:
      status = HAL_ERROR;
      break;
  }

  if (status == HAL_OK)
  {
    /* Enable the Output compare channel */
    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);

    if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
    {
      /* Enable the main output */
      __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
    }

    /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
    if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
    {
      tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
      if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
      {
        __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
      }
    }
    else
    {
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
    }
  }

  /* Return function status */
  return status;
}

/**
  * @brief  Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode.
  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
  * @param  Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
{
  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));

  switch (Channel)
  {
    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
    {
      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
    {
      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
    {
      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
    {
      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]);
      break;
    }

    default:
      status = HAL_ERROR;
      break;
  }

  if (status == HAL_OK)
  {
    /* Disable the Output compare channel */
    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);

    if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
    {
      /* Disable the Main Output */
      __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
    }

    /* Disable the Peripheral */
    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);

    /* Set the TIM channel state */
    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
  }

  /* Return function status */
  return status;
}

/**
  * @}
  */

/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group3 TIM PWM functions
  *  @brief    TIM PWM functions
  *
@verbatim
  ==============================================================================
                          ##### TIM PWM functions #####
  ==============================================================================
  [..]
    This section provides functions allowing to:
    (+) Initialize and configure the TIM PWM.
    (+) De-initialize the TIM PWM.
    (+) Start the TIM PWM.
    (+) Stop the TIM PWM.
    (+) Start the TIM PWM and enable interrupt.
    (+) Stop the TIM PWM and disable interrupt.
    (+) Start the TIM PWM and enable DMA transfer.
    (+) Stop the TIM PWM and disable DMA transfer.

@endverbatim
  * @{
  */
/**
  * @brief  Initializes the TIM PWM Time Base according to the specified
  *         parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle.
  * @note   Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse)
  *         requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction
  *         due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
  *         Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_PWM_Init()
  * @param  htim TIM PWM handle
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
  if (htim == NULL)
  {
    return HAL_ERROR;
  }

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_PERIOD(htim->Init.Period));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));

  if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
  {
    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
    htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;

#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
    /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */
    TIM_ResetCallback(htim);

    if (htim->PWM_MspInitCallback == NULL)
    {
      htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit;
    }
    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
    htim->PWM_MspInitCallback(htim);
#else
    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
    HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(htim);
#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
  }

  /* Set the TIM state */
  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;

  /* Init the base time for the PWM */
  TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);

  /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */
  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY;

  /* Initialize the TIM channels state */
  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);

  /* Initialize the TIM state*/
  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;

  return HAL_OK;
}

/**
  * @brief  DeInitializes the TIM peripheral
  * @param  htim TIM PWM handle
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;

  /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);

#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
  if (htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
  {
    htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit;
  }
  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
  htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
#else
  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
  HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(htim);
#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */

  /* Change the DMA burst operation state */
  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET;

  /* Change the TIM channels state */
  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);

  /* Change TIM state */
  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;

  /* Release Lock */
  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);

  return HAL_OK;
}

/**
  * @brief  Initializes the TIM PWM MSP.
  * @param  htim TIM PWM handle
  * @retval None
  */
__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
  UNUSED(htim);

  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
            the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
   */
}

/**
  * @brief  DeInitializes TIM PWM MSP.
  * @param  htim TIM PWM handle
  * @retval None
  */
__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
  UNUSED(htim);

  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
            the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
   */
}

/**
  * @brief  Starts the PWM signal generation.
  * @param  htim TIM handle
  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
{
  uint32_t tmpsmcr;

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));

  /* Check the TIM channel state */
  if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
  {
    return HAL_ERROR;
  }

  /* Set the TIM channel state */
  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);

  /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);

  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
  {
    /* Enable the main output */
    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
  }

  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
  {
    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
    {
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
    }
  }
  else
  {
    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
  }

  /* Return function status */
  return HAL_OK;
}

/**
  * @brief  Stops the PWM signal generation.
  * @param  htim TIM PWM handle
  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
{
  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));

  /* Disable the Capture compare channel */
  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);

  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
  {
    /* Disable the Main Output */
    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
  }

  /* Disable the Peripheral */
  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);

  /* Set the TIM channel state */
  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);

  /* Return function status */
  return HAL_OK;
}

/**
  * @brief  Starts the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode.
  * @param  htim TIM PWM handle
  * @param  Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
{
  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
  uint32_t tmpsmcr;

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));

  /* Check the TIM channel state */
  if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
  {
    return HAL_ERROR;
  }

  /* Set the TIM channel state */
  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);

  switch (Channel)
  {
    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
    {
      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
    {
      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
    {
      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
    {
      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
      break;
    }

    default:
      status = HAL_ERROR;
      break;
  }

  if (status == HAL_OK)
  {
    /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);

    if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
    {
      /* Enable the main output */
      __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
    }

    /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
    if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
    {
      tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
      if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
      {
        __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
      }
    }
    else
    {
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
    }
  }

  /* Return function status */
  return status;
}

/**
  * @brief  Stops the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode.
  * @param  htim TIM PWM handle
  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
{
  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));

  switch (Channel)
  {
    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
    {
      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
    {
      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
    {
      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
    {
      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
      break;
    }

    default:
      status = HAL_ERROR;
      break;
  }

  if (status == HAL_OK)
  {
    /* Disable the Capture compare channel */
    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);

    if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
    {
      /* Disable the Main Output */
      __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
    }

    /* Disable the Peripheral */
    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);

    /* Set the TIM channel state */
    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
  }

  /* Return function status */
  return status;
}

/**
  * @brief  Starts the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode.
  * @param  htim TIM PWM handle
  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
  * @param  pData The source Buffer address.
  * @param  Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, const uint32_t *pData,
                                        uint16_t Length)
{
  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
  uint32_t tmpsmcr;

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));

  /* Set the TIM channel state */
  if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)
  {
    return HAL_BUSY;
  }
  else if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
  {
    if ((pData == NULL) || (Length == 0U))
    {
      return HAL_ERROR;
    }
    else
    {
      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
    }
  }
  else
  {
    return HAL_ERROR;
  }

  switch (Channel)
  {
    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
    {
      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;

      /* Set the DMA error callback */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;

      /* Enable the DMA channel */
      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1,
                           Length) != HAL_OK)
      {
        /* Return error status */
        return HAL_ERROR;
      }

      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
    {
      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;

      /* Set the DMA error callback */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;

      /* Enable the DMA channel */
      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2,
                           Length) != HAL_OK)
      {
        /* Return error status */
        return HAL_ERROR;
      }
      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
    {
      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;

      /* Set the DMA error callback */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;

      /* Enable the DMA channel */
      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3,
                           Length) != HAL_OK)
      {
        /* Return error status */
        return HAL_ERROR;
      }
      /* Enable the TIM Output Capture/Compare 3 request */
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
    {
      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;

      /* Set the DMA error callback */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;

      /* Enable the DMA channel */
      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4,
                           Length) != HAL_OK)
      {
        /* Return error status */
        return HAL_ERROR;
      }
      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
      break;
    }

    default:
      status = HAL_ERROR;
      break;
  }

  if (status == HAL_OK)
  {
    /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);

    if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
    {
      /* Enable the main output */
      __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
    }
    /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
    if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
    {
      tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
      if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
      {
        __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
      }
    }
    else
    {
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
    }
  }

  /* Return function status */
  return status;
}

/**
  * @brief  Stops the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode.
  * @param  htim TIM PWM handle
  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
{
  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));

  switch (Channel)
  {
    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
    {
      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
    {
      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
    {
      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
    {
      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]);
      break;
    }

    default:
      status = HAL_ERROR;
      break;
  }

  if (status == HAL_OK)
  {
    /* Disable the Capture compare channel */
    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);

    if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
    {
      /* Disable the Main Output */
      __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
    }

    /* Disable the Peripheral */
    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);

    /* Set the TIM channel state */
    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
  }

  /* Return function status */
  return status;
}

/**
  * @}
  */

/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group4 TIM Input Capture functions
  *  @brief    TIM Input Capture functions
  *
@verbatim
  ==============================================================================
              ##### TIM Input Capture functions #####
  ==============================================================================
 [..]
   This section provides functions allowing to:
   (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Input Capture.
   (+) De-initialize the TIM Input Capture.
   (+) Start the TIM Input Capture.
   (+) Stop the TIM Input Capture.
   (+) Start the TIM Input Capture and enable interrupt.
   (+) Stop the TIM Input Capture and disable interrupt.
   (+) Start the TIM Input Capture and enable DMA transfer.
   (+) Stop the TIM Input Capture and disable DMA transfer.

@endverbatim
  * @{
  */
/**
  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Input Capture Time base according to the specified
  *         parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle.
  * @note   Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse)
  *         requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction
  *         due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
  *         Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_IC_Init()
  * @param  htim TIM Input Capture handle
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
  if (htim == NULL)
  {
    return HAL_ERROR;
  }

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_PERIOD(htim->Init.Period));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));

  if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
  {
    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
    htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;

#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
    /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */
    TIM_ResetCallback(htim);

    if (htim->IC_MspInitCallback == NULL)
    {
      htim->IC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit;
    }
    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
    htim->IC_MspInitCallback(htim);
#else
    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
    HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(htim);
#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
  }

  /* Set the TIM state */
  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;

  /* Init the base time for the input capture */
  TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);

  /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */
  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY;

  /* Initialize the TIM channels state */
  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);

  /* Initialize the TIM state*/
  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;

  return HAL_OK;
}

/**
  * @brief  DeInitializes the TIM peripheral
  * @param  htim TIM Input Capture handle
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;

  /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);

#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
  if (htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
  {
    htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit;
  }
  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
  htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
#else
  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
  HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(htim);
#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */

  /* Change the DMA burst operation state */
  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET;

  /* Change the TIM channels state */
  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);

  /* Change TIM state */
  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;

  /* Release Lock */
  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);

  return HAL_OK;
}

/**
  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Input Capture MSP.
  * @param  htim TIM Input Capture handle
  * @retval None
  */
__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
  UNUSED(htim);

  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
            the HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
   */
}

/**
  * @brief  DeInitializes TIM Input Capture MSP.
  * @param  htim TIM handle
  * @retval None
  */
__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
  UNUSED(htim);

  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
            the HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
   */
}

/**
  * @brief  Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement.
  * @param  htim TIM Input Capture handle
  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
{
  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel);
  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, Channel);

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));

  /* Check the TIM channel state */
  if ((channel_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
      || (complementary_channel_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
  {
    return HAL_ERROR;
  }

  /* Set the TIM channel state */
  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
  /* Enable the Input Capture channel */
  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);

  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
  {
    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
    {
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
    }
  }
  else
  {
    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
  }

  /* Return function status */
  return HAL_OK;
}

/**
  * @brief  Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement.
  * @param  htim TIM Input Capture handle
  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
{
  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));

  /* Disable the Input Capture channel */
  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);

  /* Disable the Peripheral */
  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);

  /* Set the TIM channel state */
  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);

  /* Return function status */
  return HAL_OK;
}

/**
  * @brief  Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode.
  * @param  htim TIM Input Capture handle
  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
{
  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
  uint32_t tmpsmcr;

  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel);
  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, Channel);

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));

  /* Check the TIM channel state */
  if ((channel_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
      || (complementary_channel_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
  {
    return HAL_ERROR;
  }

  /* Set the TIM channel state */
  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);

  switch (Channel)
  {
    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
    {
      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
    {
      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
    {
      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
    {
      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
      break;
    }

    default:
      status = HAL_ERROR;
      break;
  }

  if (status == HAL_OK)
  {
    /* Enable the Input Capture channel */
    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);

    /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
    if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
    {
      tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
      if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
      {
        __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
      }
    }
    else
    {
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
    }
  }

  /* Return function status */
  return status;
}

/**
  * @brief  Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode.
  * @param  htim TIM Input Capture handle
  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
{
  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));

  switch (Channel)
  {
    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
    {
      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
    {
      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
    {
      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
    {
      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
      break;
    }

    default:
      status = HAL_ERROR;
      break;
  }

  if (status == HAL_OK)
  {
    /* Disable the Input Capture channel */
    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);

    /* Disable the Peripheral */
    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);

    /* Set the TIM channel state */
    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
    TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
  }

  /* Return function status */
  return status;
}

/**
  * @brief  Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in DMA mode.
  * @param  htim TIM Input Capture handle
  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
  * @param  pData The destination Buffer address.
  * @param  Length The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory.
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
{
  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
  uint32_t tmpsmcr;

  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel);
  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, Channel);

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

  /* Set the TIM channel state */
  if ((channel_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)
      || (complementary_channel_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY))
  {
    return HAL_BUSY;
  }
  else if ((channel_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
           && (complementary_channel_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
  {
    if ((pData == NULL) || (Length == 0U))
    {
      return HAL_ERROR;
    }
    else
    {
      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
    }
  }
  else
  {
    return HAL_ERROR;
  }

  /* Enable the Input Capture channel */
  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);

  switch (Channel)
  {
    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
    {
      /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;

      /* Set the DMA error callback */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;

      /* Enable the DMA channel */
      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData,
                           Length) != HAL_OK)
      {
        /* Return error status */
        return HAL_ERROR;
      }
      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
    {
      /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
      /* Set the DMA error callback */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;

      /* Enable the DMA channel */
      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData,
                           Length) != HAL_OK)
      {
        /* Return error status */
        return HAL_ERROR;
      }
      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2  DMA request */
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
    {
      /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;

      /* Set the DMA error callback */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;

      /* Enable the DMA channel */
      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, (uint32_t)pData,
                           Length) != HAL_OK)
      {
        /* Return error status */
        return HAL_ERROR;
      }
      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3  DMA request */
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
    {
      /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;

      /* Set the DMA error callback */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;

      /* Enable the DMA channel */
      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, (uint32_t)pData,
                           Length) != HAL_OK)
      {
        /* Return error status */
        return HAL_ERROR;
      }
      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4  DMA request */
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
      break;
    }

    default:
      status = HAL_ERROR;
      break;
  }

  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
  {
    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
    {
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
    }
  }
  else
  {
    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
  }

  /* Return function status */
  return status;
}

/**
  * @brief  Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in DMA mode.
  * @param  htim TIM Input Capture handle
  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
{
  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

  /* Disable the Input Capture channel */
  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);

  switch (Channel)
  {
    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
    {
      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
    {
      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
    {
      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3  DMA request */
      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
    {
      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4  DMA request */
      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]);
      break;
    }

    default:
      status = HAL_ERROR;
      break;
  }

  if (status == HAL_OK)
  {
    /* Disable the Peripheral */
    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);

    /* Set the TIM channel state */
    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
    TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
  }

  /* Return function status */
  return status;
}
/**
  * @}
  */

/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group5 TIM One Pulse functions
  *  @brief    TIM One Pulse functions
  *
@verbatim
  ==============================================================================
                        ##### TIM One Pulse functions #####
  ==============================================================================
  [..]
    This section provides functions allowing to:
    (+) Initialize and configure the TIM One Pulse.
    (+) De-initialize the TIM One Pulse.
    (+) Start the TIM One Pulse.
    (+) Stop the TIM One Pulse.
    (+) Start the TIM One Pulse and enable interrupt.
    (+) Stop the TIM One Pulse and disable interrupt.
    (+) Start the TIM One Pulse and enable DMA transfer.
    (+) Stop the TIM One Pulse and disable DMA transfer.

@endverbatim
  * @{
  */
/**
  * @brief  Initializes the TIM One Pulse Time Base according to the specified
  *         parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle.
  * @note   Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse)
  *         requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction
  *         due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
  *         Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init()
  * @note   When the timer instance is initialized in One Pulse mode, timer
  *         channels 1 and channel 2 are reserved and cannot be used for other
  *         purpose.
  * @param  htim TIM One Pulse handle
  * @param  OnePulseMode Select the One pulse mode.
  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_OPMODE_SINGLE: Only one pulse will be generated.
  *            @arg TIM_OPMODE_REPETITIVE: Repetitive pulses will be generated.
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OnePulseMode)
{
  /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
  if (htim == NULL)
  {
    return HAL_ERROR;
  }

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(OnePulseMode));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_PERIOD(htim->Init.Period));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));

  if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
  {
    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
    htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;

#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
    /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */
    TIM_ResetCallback(htim);

    if (htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback == NULL)
    {
      htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit;
    }
    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
    htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback(htim);
#else
    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
    HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(htim);
#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
  }

  /* Set the TIM state */
  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;

  /* Configure the Time base in the One Pulse Mode */
  TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);

  /* Reset the OPM Bit */
  htim->Instance->CR1 &= ~TIM_CR1_OPM;

  /* Configure the OPM Mode */
  htim->Instance->CR1 |= OnePulseMode;

  /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */
  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY;

  /* Initialize the TIM channels state */
  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);

  /* Initialize the TIM state*/
  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;

  return HAL_OK;
}

/**
  * @brief  DeInitializes the TIM One Pulse
  * @param  htim TIM One Pulse handle
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;

  /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);

#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
  if (htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
  {
    htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit;
  }
  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
  htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
#else
  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
  HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(htim);
#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */

  /* Change the DMA burst operation state */
  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET;

  /* Set the TIM channel state */
  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);

  /* Change TIM state */
  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;

  /* Release Lock */
  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);

  return HAL_OK;
}

/**
  * @brief  Initializes the TIM One Pulse MSP.
  * @param  htim TIM One Pulse handle
  * @retval None
  */
__weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
  UNUSED(htim);

  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
            the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
   */
}

/**
  * @brief  DeInitializes TIM One Pulse MSP.
  * @param  htim TIM One Pulse handle
  * @retval None
  */
__weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
  UNUSED(htim);

  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
            the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
   */
}

/**
  * @brief  Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation.
  * @note Though OutputChannel parameter is deprecated and ignored by the function
  *        it has been kept to avoid HAL_TIM API compatibility break.
  * @note The pulse output channel is determined when calling
  *       @ref HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel().
  * @param  htim TIM One Pulse handle
  * @param  OutputChannel See note above
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
{
  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);
  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);

  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
  UNUSED(OutputChannel);

  /* Check the TIM channels state */
  if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
      || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
      || (complementary_channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
      || (complementary_channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
  {
    return HAL_ERROR;
  }

  /* Set the TIM channels state */
  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);

  /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels
    (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2)
    if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and
    if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output
    whatever the combination, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together

    No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware
    (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */

  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);

  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
  {
    /* Enable the main output */
    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
  }

  /* Return function status */
  return HAL_OK;
}

/**
  * @brief  Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation.
  * @note Though OutputChannel parameter is deprecated and ignored by the function
  *        it has been kept to avoid HAL_TIM API compatibility break.
  * @note The pulse output channel is determined when calling
  *       @ref HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel().
  * @param  htim TIM One Pulse handle
  * @param  OutputChannel See note above
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
{
  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
  UNUSED(OutputChannel);

  /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels
  (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2)
  if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and
  if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output
  whatever the combination, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */

  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);

  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
  {
    /* Disable the Main Output */
    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
  }

  /* Disable the Peripheral */
  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);

  /* Set the TIM channels state */
  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);

  /* Return function status */
  return HAL_OK;
}

/**
  * @brief  Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode.
  * @note Though OutputChannel parameter is deprecated and ignored by the function
  *        it has been kept to avoid HAL_TIM API compatibility break.
  * @note The pulse output channel is determined when calling
  *       @ref HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel().
  * @param  htim TIM One Pulse handle
  * @param  OutputChannel See note above
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
{
  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);
  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);

  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
  UNUSED(OutputChannel);

  /* Check the TIM channels state */
  if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
      || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
      || (complementary_channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
      || (complementary_channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
  {
    return HAL_ERROR;
  }

  /* Set the TIM channels state */
  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);

  /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels
    (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2)
    if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and
    if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output
    whatever the combination, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together

    No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware
    (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */

  /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);

  /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);

  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);

  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
  {
    /* Enable the main output */
    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
  }

  /* Return function status */
  return HAL_OK;
}

/**
  * @brief  Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode.
  * @note Though OutputChannel parameter is deprecated and ignored by the function
  *        it has been kept to avoid HAL_TIM API compatibility break.
  * @note The pulse output channel is determined when calling
  *       @ref HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel().
  * @param  htim TIM One Pulse handle
  * @param  OutputChannel See note above
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
{
  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
  UNUSED(OutputChannel);

  /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);

  /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);

  /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels
  (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2)
  if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and
  if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output
  whatever the combination, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */
  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);

  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
  {
    /* Disable the Main Output */
    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
  }

  /* Disable the Peripheral */
  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);

  /* Set the TIM channels state */
  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);

  /* Return function status */
  return HAL_OK;
}

/**
  * @}
  */

/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group6 TIM Encoder functions
  *  @brief    TIM Encoder functions
  *
@verbatim
  ==============================================================================
                          ##### TIM Encoder functions #####
  ==============================================================================
  [..]
    This section provides functions allowing to:
    (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Encoder.
    (+) De-initialize the TIM Encoder.
    (+) Start the TIM Encoder.
    (+) Stop the TIM Encoder.
    (+) Start the TIM Encoder and enable interrupt.
    (+) Stop the TIM Encoder and disable interrupt.
    (+) Start the TIM Encoder and enable DMA transfer.
    (+) Stop the TIM Encoder and disable DMA transfer.

@endverbatim
  * @{
  */
/**
  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface and initialize the associated handle.
  * @note   Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse)
  *         requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction
  *         due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
  *         Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init()
  * @note   Encoder mode and External clock mode 2 are not compatible and must not be selected together
  *         Ex: A call for @ref HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init will erase the settings of @ref HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource
  *         using TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2 and vice versa
  * @note   When the timer instance is initialized in Encoder mode, timer
  *         channels 1 and channel 2 are reserved and cannot be used for other
  *         purpose.
  * @param  htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
  * @param  sConfig TIM Encoder Interface configuration structure
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, const TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef *sConfig)
{
  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
  uint32_t tmpccmr1;
  uint32_t tmpccer;

  /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
  if (htim == NULL)
  {
    return HAL_ERROR;
  }

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(sConfig->EncoderMode));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC1Selection));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC2Selection));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODERINPUT_POLARITY(sConfig->IC1Polarity));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODERINPUT_POLARITY(sConfig->IC2Polarity));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC1Prescaler));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC2Prescaler));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC1Filter));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC2Filter));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_PERIOD(htim->Init.Period));

  if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
  {
    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
    htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;

#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
    /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */
    TIM_ResetCallback(htim);

    if (htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback == NULL)
    {
      htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit;
    }
    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
    htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback(htim);
#else
    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
    HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(htim);
#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
  }

  /* Set the TIM state */
  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;

  /* Reset the SMS and ECE bits */
  htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_ECE);

  /* Configure the Time base in the Encoder Mode */
  TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);

  /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
  tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;

  /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
  tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1;

  /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
  tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER;

  /* Set the encoder Mode */
  tmpsmcr |= sConfig->EncoderMode;

  /* Select the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 as input */
  tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_CC1S | TIM_CCMR1_CC2S);
  tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Selection | (sConfig->IC2Selection << 8U));

  /* Set the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 prescalers and filters */
  tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC | TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC);
  tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1F | TIM_CCMR1_IC2F);
  tmpccmr1 |= sConfig->IC1Prescaler | (sConfig->IC2Prescaler << 8U);
  tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Filter << 4U) | (sConfig->IC2Filter << 12U);

  /* Set the TI1 and the TI2 Polarities */
  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC2P);
  tmpccer |= sConfig->IC1Polarity | (sConfig->IC2Polarity << 4U);

  /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
  htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;

  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
  htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;

  /* Write to TIMx CCER */
  htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer;

  /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */
  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY;

  /* Set the TIM channels state */
  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);

  /* Initialize the TIM state*/
  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;

  return HAL_OK;
}


/**
  * @brief  DeInitializes the TIM Encoder interface
  * @param  htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;

  /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);

#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
  if (htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
  {
    htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit;
  }
  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
  htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
#else
  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
  HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(htim);
#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */

  /* Change the DMA burst operation state */
  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET;

  /* Set the TIM channels state */
  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);

  /* Change TIM state */
  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;

  /* Release Lock */
  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);

  return HAL_OK;
}

/**
  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface MSP.
  * @param  htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
  * @retval None
  */
__weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
  UNUSED(htim);

  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
            the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
   */
}

/**
  * @brief  DeInitializes TIM Encoder Interface MSP.
  * @param  htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
  * @retval None
  */
__weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
  UNUSED(htim);

  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
            the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
   */
}

/**
  * @brief  Starts the TIM Encoder Interface.
  * @param  htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
{
  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);
  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

  /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */
  if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1)
  {
    if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
        || (complementary_channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
    {
      return HAL_ERROR;
    }
    else
    {
      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
    }
  }
  else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)
  {
    if ((channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
        || (complementary_channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
    {
      return HAL_ERROR;
    }
    else
    {
      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
    }
  }
  else
  {
    if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
        || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
        || (complementary_channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
        || (complementary_channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
    {
      return HAL_ERROR;
    }
    else
    {
      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
    }
  }

  /* Enable the encoder interface channels */
  switch (Channel)
  {
    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
    {
      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
    {
      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
      break;
    }

    default :
    {
      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
      break;
    }
  }
  /* Enable the Peripheral */
  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);

  /* Return function status */
  return HAL_OK;
}

/**
  * @brief  Stops the TIM Encoder Interface.
  * @param  htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
{
  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

  /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2
    (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */
  switch (Channel)
  {
    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
    {
      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
    {
      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
      break;
    }

    default :
    {
      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
      break;
    }
  }

  /* Disable the Peripheral */
  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);

  /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */
  if ((Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) || (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2))
  {
    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
    TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
  }
  else
  {
    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
    TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
    TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
  }

  /* Return function status */
  return HAL_OK;
}

/**
  * @brief  Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode.
  * @param  htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
{
  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);
  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

  /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */
  if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1)
  {
    if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
        || (complementary_channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
    {
      return HAL_ERROR;
    }
    else
    {
      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
    }
  }
  else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)
  {
    if ((channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
        || (complementary_channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
    {
      return HAL_ERROR;
    }
    else
    {
      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
    }
  }
  else
  {
    if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
        || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
        || (complementary_channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
        || (complementary_channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
    {
      return HAL_ERROR;
    }
    else
    {
      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
    }
  }

  /* Enable the encoder interface channels */
  /* Enable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and/or 2 */
  switch (Channel)
  {
    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
    {
      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
    {
      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
      break;
    }

    default :
    {
      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
      break;
    }
  }

  /* Enable the Peripheral */
  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);

  /* Return function status */
  return HAL_OK;
}

/**
  * @brief  Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode.
  * @param  htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
{
  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

  /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2
    (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */
  if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1)
  {
    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);

    /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 */
    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
  }
  else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)
  {
    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);

    /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 2 */
    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
  }
  else
  {
    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);

    /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and 2 */
    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
  }

  /* Disable the Peripheral */
  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);

  /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */
  if ((Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) || (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2))
  {
    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
    TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
  }
  else
  {
    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
    TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
    TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
  }

  /* Return function status */
  return HAL_OK;
}

/**
  * @brief  Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode.
  * @param  htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
  * @param  pData1 The destination Buffer address for IC1.
  * @param  pData2 The destination Buffer address for IC2.
  * @param  Length The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory.
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData1,
                                            uint32_t *pData2, uint16_t Length)
{
  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);
  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

  /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */
  if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1)
  {
    if ((channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)
        || (complementary_channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY))
    {
      return HAL_BUSY;
    }
    else if ((channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
             && (complementary_channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
    {
      if ((pData1 == NULL) || (Length == 0U))
      {
        return HAL_ERROR;
      }
      else
      {
        TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
        TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
      }
    }
    else
    {
      return HAL_ERROR;
    }
  }
  else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)
  {
    if ((channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)
        || (complementary_channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY))
    {
      return HAL_BUSY;
    }
    else if ((channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
             && (complementary_channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
    {
      if ((pData2 == NULL) || (Length == 0U))
      {
        return HAL_ERROR;
      }
      else
      {
        TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
        TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
      }
    }
    else
    {
      return HAL_ERROR;
    }
  }
  else
  {
    if ((channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)
        || (channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)
        || (complementary_channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)
        || (complementary_channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY))
    {
      return HAL_BUSY;
    }
    else if ((channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
             && (channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
             && (complementary_channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
             && (complementary_channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
    {
      if ((((pData1 == NULL) || (pData2 == NULL))) || (Length == 0U))
      {
        return HAL_ERROR;
      }
      else
      {
        TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
        TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
        TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
        TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
      }
    }
    else
    {
      return HAL_ERROR;
    }
  }

  switch (Channel)
  {
    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
    {
      /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;

      /* Set the DMA error callback */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;

      /* Enable the DMA channel */
      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData1,
                           Length) != HAL_OK)
      {
        /* Return error status */
        return HAL_ERROR;
      }
      /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);

      /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);

      /* Enable the Peripheral */
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);

      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
    {
      /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;

      /* Set the DMA error callback */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError;
      /* Enable the DMA channel */
      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2,
                           Length) != HAL_OK)
      {
        /* Return error status */
        return HAL_ERROR;
      }
      /* Enable the TIM Input Capture  DMA request */
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);

      /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);

      /* Enable the Peripheral */
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);

      break;
    }

    default:
    {
      /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;

      /* Set the DMA error callback */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;

      /* Enable the DMA channel */
      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData1,
                           Length) != HAL_OK)
      {
        /* Return error status */
        return HAL_ERROR;
      }

      /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;

      /* Set the DMA error callback */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;

      /* Enable the DMA channel */
      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2,
                           Length) != HAL_OK)
      {
        /* Return error status */
        return HAL_ERROR;
      }

      /* Enable the TIM Input Capture  DMA request */
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
      /* Enable the TIM Input Capture  DMA request */
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);

      /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);

      /* Enable the Peripheral */
      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);

      break;
    }
  }

  /* Return function status */
  return HAL_OK;
}

/**
  * @brief  Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode.
  * @param  htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
{
  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

  /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2
    (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */
  if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1)
  {
    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);

    /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 */
    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
    (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
  }
  else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)
  {
    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);

    /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 2 */
    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
    (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
  }
  else
  {
    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);

    /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 and 2 */
    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
    (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
    (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
  }

  /* Disable the Peripheral */
  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);

  /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */
  if ((Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) || (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2))
  {
    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
    TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
  }
  else
  {
    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
    TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
    TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
  }

  /* Return function status */
  return HAL_OK;
}

/**
  * @}
  */
/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group7 TIM IRQ handler management
  *  @brief    TIM IRQ handler management
  *
@verbatim
  ==============================================================================
                        ##### IRQ handler management #####
  ==============================================================================
  [..]
    This section provides Timer IRQ handler function.

@endverbatim
  * @{
  */
/**
  * @brief  This function handles TIM interrupts requests.
  * @param  htim TIM  handle
  * @retval None
  */
void HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Capture compare 1 event */
  if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC1) != RESET)
  {
    if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC1) != RESET)
    {
      {
        __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
        htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;

        /* Input capture event */
        if ((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) != 0x00U)
        {
#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
          htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
#else
          HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
        }
        /* Output compare event */
        else
        {
#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
          htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
          htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
#else
          HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
          HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
        }
        htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
      }
    }
  }
  /* Capture compare 2 event */
  if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC2) != RESET)
  {
    if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC2) != RESET)
    {
      __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
      htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
      /* Input capture event */
      if ((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC2S) != 0x00U)
      {
#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
        htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
#else
        HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
      }
      /* Output compare event */
      else
      {
#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
        htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
        htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
#else
        HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
        HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
      }
      htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
    }
  }
  /* Capture compare 3 event */
  if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC3) != RESET)
  {
    if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC3) != RESET)
    {
      __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
      htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
      /* Input capture event */
      if ((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC3S) != 0x00U)
      {
#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
        htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
#else
        HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
      }
      /* Output compare event */
      else
      {
#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
        htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
        htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
#else
        HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
        HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
      }
      htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
    }
  }
  /* Capture compare 4 event */
  if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC4) != RESET)
  {
    if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC4) != RESET)
    {
      __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
      htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
      /* Input capture event */
      if ((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC4S) != 0x00U)
      {
#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
        htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
#else
        HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
      }
      /* Output compare event */
      else
      {
#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
        htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
        htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
#else
        HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
        HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
      }
      htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
    }
  }
  /* TIM Update event */
  if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_UPDATE) != RESET)
  {
    if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE) != RESET)
    {
      __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
      htim->PeriodElapsedCallback(htim);
#else
      HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim);
#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
    }
  }
  /* TIM Break input event */
  if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_BREAK) != RESET)
  {
    if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK) != RESET)
    {
      __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK);
#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
      htim->BreakCallback(htim);
#else
      HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback(htim);
#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
    }
  }
  /* TIM Trigger detection event */
  if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_TRIGGER) != RESET)
  {
    if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER) != RESET)
    {
      __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER);
#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
      htim->TriggerCallback(htim);
#else
      HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim);
#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
    }
  }
  /* TIM commutation event */
  if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_COM) != RESET)
  {
    if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_COM) != RESET)
    {
      __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_FLAG_COM);
#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
      htim->CommutationCallback(htim);
#else
      HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback(htim);
#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
    }
  }
}

/**
  * @}
  */

/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group8 TIM Peripheral Control functions
  *  @brief    TIM Peripheral Control functions
  *
@verbatim
  ==============================================================================
                   ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
  ==============================================================================
 [..]
   This section provides functions allowing to:
      (+) Configure The Input Output channels for OC, PWM, IC or One Pulse mode.
      (+) Configure External Clock source.
      (+) Configure Complementary channels, break features and dead time.
      (+) Configure Master and the Slave synchronization.
      (+) Configure the DMA Burst Mode.

@endverbatim
  * @{
  */

/**
  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Output Compare Channels according to the specified
  *         parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef.
  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
  * @param  sConfig TIM Output Compare configuration structure
  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to configure
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
                                           const TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *sConfig,
                                           uint32_t Channel)
{
  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(sConfig->OCMode));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity));

  /* Process Locked */
  __HAL_LOCK(htim);

  switch (Channel)
  {
    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
    {
      /* Check the parameters */
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

      /* Configure the TIM Channel 1 in Output Compare */
      TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
    {
      /* Check the parameters */
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

      /* Configure the TIM Channel 2 in Output Compare */
      TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
    {
      /* Check the parameters */
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

      /* Configure the TIM Channel 3 in Output Compare */
      TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
    {
      /* Check the parameters */
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

      /* Configure the TIM Channel 4 in Output Compare */
      TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
      break;
    }

    default:
      status = HAL_ERROR;
      break;
  }

  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);

  return status;
}

/**
  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Input Capture Channels according to the specified
  *         parameters in the TIM_IC_InitTypeDef.
  * @param  htim TIM IC handle
  * @param  sConfig TIM Input Capture configuration structure
  * @param  Channel TIM Channel to configure
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, const TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *sConfig, uint32_t Channel)
{
  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->ICPolarity));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->ICSelection));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->ICPrescaler));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->ICFilter));

  /* Process Locked */
  __HAL_LOCK(htim);

  if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1)
  {
    /* TI1 Configuration */
    TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
                      sConfig->ICPolarity,
                      sConfig->ICSelection,
                      sConfig->ICFilter);

    /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */
    htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC;

    /* Set the IC1PSC value */
    htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler;
  }
  else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)
  {
    /* TI2 Configuration */
    assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

    TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
                      sConfig->ICPolarity,
                      sConfig->ICSelection,
                      sConfig->ICFilter);

    /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */
    htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC;

    /* Set the IC2PSC value */
    htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8U);
  }
  else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_3)
  {
    /* TI3 Configuration */
    assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

    TIM_TI3_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
                      sConfig->ICPolarity,
                      sConfig->ICSelection,
                      sConfig->ICFilter);

    /* Reset the IC3PSC Bits */
    htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC;

    /* Set the IC3PSC value */
    htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler;
  }
  else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_4)
  {
    /* TI4 Configuration */
    assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

    TIM_TI4_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
                      sConfig->ICPolarity,
                      sConfig->ICSelection,
                      sConfig->ICFilter);

    /* Reset the IC4PSC Bits */
    htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC;

    /* Set the IC4PSC value */
    htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8U);
  }
  else
  {
    status = HAL_ERROR;
  }

  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);

  return status;
}

/**
  * @brief  Initializes the TIM PWM  channels according to the specified
  *         parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef.
  * @param  htim TIM PWM handle
  * @param  sConfig TIM PWM configuration structure
  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be configured
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
                                            const TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *sConfig,
                                            uint32_t Channel)
{
  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_PWM_MODE(sConfig->OCMode));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_FAST_STATE(sConfig->OCFastMode));

  /* Process Locked */
  __HAL_LOCK(htim);

  switch (Channel)
  {
    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
    {
      /* Check the parameters */
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

      /* Configure the Channel 1 in PWM mode */
      TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);

      /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel1 */
      htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC1PE;
      /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
      htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE;
      htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode;
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
    {
      /* Check the parameters */
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

      /* Configure the Channel 2 in PWM mode */
      TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);

      /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel2 */
      htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE;

      /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
      htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE;
      htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8U;
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
    {
      /* Check the parameters */
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

      /* Configure the Channel 3 in PWM mode */
      TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);

      /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel3 */
      htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC3PE;

      /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
      htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3FE;
      htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode;
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
    {
      /* Check the parameters */
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

      /* Configure the Channel 4 in PWM mode */
      TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);

      /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel4 */
      htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC4PE;

      /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
      htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4FE;
      htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8U;
      break;
    }

    default:
      status = HAL_ERROR;
      break;
  }

  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);

  return status;
}

/**
  * @brief  Initializes the TIM One Pulse Channels according to the specified
  *         parameters in the TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef.
  * @param  htim TIM One Pulse handle
  * @param  sConfig TIM One Pulse configuration structure
  * @param  OutputChannel TIM output channel to configure
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
  * @param  InputChannel TIM input Channel to configure
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
  * @note  To output a waveform with a minimum delay user can enable the fast
  *        mode by calling the @ref __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_OCxFAST macro. Then CCx
  *        output is forced in response to the edge detection on TIx input,
  *        without taking in account the comparison.
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,  TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef *sConfig,
                                                 uint32_t OutputChannel,  uint32_t InputChannel)
{
  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
  TIM_OC_InitTypeDef temp1;

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(OutputChannel));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(InputChannel));

  if (OutputChannel != InputChannel)
  {
    /* Process Locked */
    __HAL_LOCK(htim);

    htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;

    /* Extract the Output compare configuration from sConfig structure */
    temp1.OCMode = sConfig->OCMode;
    temp1.Pulse = sConfig->Pulse;
    temp1.OCPolarity = sConfig->OCPolarity;
    temp1.OCNPolarity = sConfig->OCNPolarity;
    temp1.OCIdleState = sConfig->OCIdleState;
    temp1.OCNIdleState = sConfig->OCNIdleState;

    switch (OutputChannel)
    {
      case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
      {
        assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

        TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1);
        break;
      }

      case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
      {
        assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

        TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1);
        break;
      }

      default:
        status = HAL_ERROR;
        break;
    }

    if (status == HAL_OK)
    {
      switch (InputChannel)
      {
        case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
        {
          assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

          TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity,
                            sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter);

          /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */
          htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC;

          /* Select the Trigger source */
          htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
          htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI1FP1;

          /* Select the Slave Mode */
          htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
          htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER;
          break;
        }

        case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
        {
          assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

          TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity,
                            sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter);

          /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */
          htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC;

          /* Select the Trigger source */
          htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
          htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI2FP2;

          /* Select the Slave Mode */
          htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
          htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER;
          break;
        }

        default:
          status = HAL_ERROR;
          break;
      }
    }

    htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;

    __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);

    return status;
  }
  else
  {
    return HAL_ERROR;
  }
}

/**
  * @brief  Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the memory to the TIM peripheral
  * @param  htim TIM handle
  * @param  BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA  will start the Data write
  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR
  * @param  BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources
  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source
  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source
  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source
  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source
  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source
  *            @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source
  *            @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source
  * @param  BurstBuffer The Buffer address.
  * @param  BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value
  *         between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS.
  * @note   This function should be used only when BurstLength is equal to DMA data transfer length.
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress,
                                              uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, const uint32_t *BurstBuffer, uint32_t  BurstLength)
{
  HAL_StatusTypeDef status;

  status = HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiWriteStart(htim, BurstBaseAddress, BurstRequestSrc, BurstBuffer, BurstLength,
                                            ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U);



  return status;
}

/**
  * @brief  Configure the DMA Burst to transfer multiple Data from the memory to the TIM peripheral
  * @param  htim TIM handle
  * @param  BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data write
  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR
  * @param  BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources
  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source
  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source
  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source
  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source
  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source
  *            @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source
  *            @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source
  * @param  BurstBuffer The Buffer address.
  * @param  BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value
  *         between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS.
  * @param  DataLength Data length. This parameter can be one value
  *         between 1 and 0xFFFF.
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiWriteStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress,
                                                   uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, const uint32_t *BurstBuffer,
                                                   uint32_t  BurstLength,  uint32_t  DataLength)
{
  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_DATA_LENGTH(DataLength));

  if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY)
  {
    return HAL_BUSY;
  }
  else if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY)
  {
    if ((BurstBuffer == NULL) && (BurstLength > 0U))
    {
      return HAL_ERROR;
    }
    else
    {
      htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY;
    }
  }
  else
  {
    /* nothing to do */
  }

  switch (BurstRequestSrc)
  {
    case TIM_DMA_UPDATE:
    {
      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callbacks */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt;
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt;

      /* Set the DMA error callback */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;

      /* Enable the DMA channel */
      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
                           (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK)
      {
        /* Return error status */
        return HAL_ERROR;
      }
      break;
    }
    case TIM_DMA_CC1:
    {
      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;

      /* Set the DMA error callback */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;

      /* Enable the DMA channel */
      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
                           (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK)
      {
        /* Return error status */
        return HAL_ERROR;
      }
      break;
    }
    case TIM_DMA_CC2:
    {
      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;

      /* Set the DMA error callback */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;

      /* Enable the DMA channel */
      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
                           (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK)
      {
        /* Return error status */
        return HAL_ERROR;
      }
      break;
    }
    case TIM_DMA_CC3:
    {
      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;

      /* Set the DMA error callback */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;

      /* Enable the DMA channel */
      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
                           (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK)
      {
        /* Return error status */
        return HAL_ERROR;
      }
      break;
    }
    case TIM_DMA_CC4:
    {
      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;

      /* Set the DMA error callback */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;

      /* Enable the DMA channel */
      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
                           (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK)
      {
        /* Return error status */
        return HAL_ERROR;
      }
      break;
    }
    case TIM_DMA_COM:
    {
      /* Set the DMA commutation callbacks */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback =  TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt;
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferHalfCpltCallback =  TIMEx_DMACommutationHalfCplt;

      /* Set the DMA error callback */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;

      /* Enable the DMA channel */
      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
                           (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK)
      {
        /* Return error status */
        return HAL_ERROR;
      }
      break;
    }
    case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER:
    {
      /* Set the DMA trigger callbacks */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt;
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt;

      /* Set the DMA error callback */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;

      /* Enable the DMA channel */
      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
                           (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK)
      {
        /* Return error status */
        return HAL_ERROR;
      }
      break;
    }
    default:
      status = HAL_ERROR;
      break;
  }

  if (status == HAL_OK)
  {
    /* Configure the DMA Burst Mode */
    htim->Instance->DCR = (BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength);
    /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */
    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc);
  }

  /* Return function status */
  return status;
}

/**
  * @brief  Stops the TIM DMA Burst mode
  * @param  htim TIM handle
  * @param  BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources to disable
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc)
{
  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc));

  /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */
  switch (BurstRequestSrc)
  {
    case TIM_DMA_UPDATE:
    {
      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]);
      break;
    }
    case TIM_DMA_CC1:
    {
      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
      break;
    }
    case TIM_DMA_CC2:
    {
      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
      break;
    }
    case TIM_DMA_CC3:
    {
      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
      break;
    }
    case TIM_DMA_CC4:
    {
      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]);
      break;
    }
    case TIM_DMA_COM:
    {
      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]);
      break;
    }
    case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER:
    {
      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]);
      break;
    }
    default:
      status = HAL_ERROR;
      break;
  }

  if (status == HAL_OK)
  {
    /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */
    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc);

    /* Change the DMA burst operation state */
    htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY;
  }

  /* Return function status */
  return status;
}

/**
  * @brief  Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the TIM peripheral to the memory
  * @param  htim TIM handle
  * @param  BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA  will start the Data read
  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR
  * @param  BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources
  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source
  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source
  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source
  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source
  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source
  *            @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source
  *            @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source
  * @param  BurstBuffer The Buffer address.
  * @param  BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value
  *         between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS.
  * @note   This function should be used only when BurstLength is equal to DMA data transfer length.
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress,
                                             uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t  *BurstBuffer, uint32_t  BurstLength)
{
  HAL_StatusTypeDef status;

  status = HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiReadStart(htim, BurstBaseAddress, BurstRequestSrc, BurstBuffer, BurstLength,
                                           ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U);


  return status;
}

/**
  * @brief  Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the TIM peripheral to the memory
  * @param  htim TIM handle
  * @param  BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA  will start the Data read
  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4
  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR
  * @param  BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources
  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source
  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source
  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source
  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source
  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source
  *            @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source
  *            @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source
  * @param  BurstBuffer The Buffer address.
  * @param  BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value
  *         between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS.
  * @param  DataLength Data length. This parameter can be one value
  *         between 1 and 0xFFFF.
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiReadStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress,
                                                  uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t  *BurstBuffer,
                                                  uint32_t  BurstLength, uint32_t  DataLength)
{
  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_DATA_LENGTH(DataLength));

  if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY)
  {
    return HAL_BUSY;
  }
  else if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY)
  {
    if ((BurstBuffer == NULL) && (BurstLength > 0U))
    {
      return HAL_ERROR;
    }
    else
    {
      htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY;
    }
  }
  else
  {
    /* nothing to do */
  }
  switch (BurstRequestSrc)
  {
    case TIM_DMA_UPDATE:
    {
      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callbacks */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt;
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt;

      /* Set the DMA error callback */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;

      /* Enable the DMA channel */
      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
                           DataLength) != HAL_OK)
      {
        /* Return error status */
        return HAL_ERROR;
      }
      break;
    }
    case TIM_DMA_CC1:
    {
      /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;

      /* Set the DMA error callback */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;

      /* Enable the DMA channel */
      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
                           DataLength) != HAL_OK)
      {
        /* Return error status */
        return HAL_ERROR;
      }
      break;
    }
    case TIM_DMA_CC2:
    {
      /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;

      /* Set the DMA error callback */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;

      /* Enable the DMA channel */
      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
                           DataLength) != HAL_OK)
      {
        /* Return error status */
        return HAL_ERROR;
      }
      break;
    }
    case TIM_DMA_CC3:
    {
      /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;

      /* Set the DMA error callback */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;

      /* Enable the DMA channel */
      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
                           DataLength) != HAL_OK)
      {
        /* Return error status */
        return HAL_ERROR;
      }
      break;
    }
    case TIM_DMA_CC4:
    {
      /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;

      /* Set the DMA error callback */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;

      /* Enable the DMA channel */
      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
                           DataLength) != HAL_OK)
      {
        /* Return error status */
        return HAL_ERROR;
      }
      break;
    }
    case TIM_DMA_COM:
    {
      /* Set the DMA commutation callbacks */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback =  TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt;
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferHalfCpltCallback =  TIMEx_DMACommutationHalfCplt;

      /* Set the DMA error callback */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;

      /* Enable the DMA channel */
      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
                           DataLength) != HAL_OK)
      {
        /* Return error status */
        return HAL_ERROR;
      }
      break;
    }
    case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER:
    {
      /* Set the DMA trigger callbacks */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt;
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt;

      /* Set the DMA error callback */
      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;

      /* Enable the DMA channel */
      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
                           DataLength) != HAL_OK)
      {
        /* Return error status */
        return HAL_ERROR;
      }
      break;
    }
    default:
      status = HAL_ERROR;
      break;
  }

  if (status == HAL_OK)
  {
    /* Configure the DMA Burst Mode */
    htim->Instance->DCR = (BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength);

    /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */
    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc);
  }

  /* Return function status */
  return status;
}

/**
  * @brief  Stop the DMA burst reading
  * @param  htim TIM handle
  * @param  BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources to disable.
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc)
{
  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc));

  /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */
  switch (BurstRequestSrc)
  {
    case TIM_DMA_UPDATE:
    {
      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]);
      break;
    }
    case TIM_DMA_CC1:
    {
      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
      break;
    }
    case TIM_DMA_CC2:
    {
      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
      break;
    }
    case TIM_DMA_CC3:
    {
      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
      break;
    }
    case TIM_DMA_CC4:
    {
      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]);
      break;
    }
    case TIM_DMA_COM:
    {
      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]);
      break;
    }
    case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER:
    {
      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]);
      break;
    }
    default:
      status = HAL_ERROR;
      break;
  }

  if (status == HAL_OK)
  {
    /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */
    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc);

    /* Change the DMA burst operation state */
    htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY;
  }

  /* Return function status */
  return status;
}

/**
  * @brief  Generate a software event
  * @param  htim TIM handle
  * @param  EventSource specifies the event source.
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_UPDATE: Timer update Event source
  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC1: Timer Capture Compare 1 Event source
  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC2: Timer Capture Compare 2 Event source
  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC3: Timer Capture Compare 3 Event source
  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC4: Timer Capture Compare 4 Event source
  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_COM: Timer COM event source
  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_TRIGGER: Timer Trigger Event source
  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK: Timer Break event source
  * @note   Basic timers can only generate an update event.
  * @note   TIM_EVENTSOURCE_COM is relevant only with advanced timer instances.
  * @note   TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK are relevant only for timer instances
  *         supporting a break input.
  * @retval HAL status
  */

HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t EventSource)
{
  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(EventSource));

  /* Process Locked */
  __HAL_LOCK(htim);

  /* Change the TIM state */
  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;

  /* Set the event sources */
  htim->Instance->EGR = EventSource;

  /* Change the TIM state */
  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;

  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);

  /* Return function status */
  return HAL_OK;
}

/**
  * @brief  Configures the OCRef clear feature
  * @param  htim TIM handle
  * @param  sClearInputConfig pointer to a TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef structure that
  *         contains the OCREF clear feature and parameters for the TIM peripheral.
  * @param  Channel specifies the TIM Channel
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigOCrefClear(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
                                           const TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef *sClearInputConfig,
                                           uint32_t Channel)
{
  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_SOURCE(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource));

  /* Process Locked */
  __HAL_LOCK(htim);

  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;

  switch (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource)
  {
    case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_NONE:
    {
      /* Clear the OCREF clear selection bit and the the ETR Bits */
      CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->SMCR, (TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP));
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_ETR:
    {
      /* Check the parameters */
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_POLARITY(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity));
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_PRESCALER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler));
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_FILTER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter));

      /* When OCRef clear feature is used with ETR source, ETR prescaler must be off */
      if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler != TIM_CLEARINPUTPRESCALER_DIV1)
      {
        htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
        __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
        return HAL_ERROR;
      }

      TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
                        sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler,
                        sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity,
                        sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter);
      break;
    }

    default:
      status = HAL_ERROR;
      break;
  }

  if (status == HAL_OK)
  {
    switch (Channel)
    {
      case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
      {
        if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE)
        {
          /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 1 */
          SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE);
        }
        else
        {
          /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 1 */
          CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE);
        }
        break;
      }
      case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
      {
        if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE)
        {
          /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 2 */
          SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE);
        }
        else
        {
          /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 2 */
          CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE);
        }
        break;
      }
      case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
      {
        if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE)
        {
          /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 3 */
          SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE);
        }
        else
        {
          /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 3 */
          CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE);
        }
        break;
      }
      case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
      {
        if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE)
        {
          /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 4 */
          SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE);
        }
        else
        {
          /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 4 */
          CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE);
        }
        break;
      }
      default:
        break;
    }
  }

  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;

  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);

  return status;
}

/**
  * @brief   Configures the clock source to be used
  * @param  htim TIM handle
  * @param  sClockSourceConfig pointer to a TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef structure that
  *         contains the clock source information for the TIM peripheral.
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, const TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef *sClockSourceConfig)
{
  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
  uint32_t tmpsmcr;

  /* Process Locked */
  __HAL_LOCK(htim);

  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE(sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource));

  /* Reset the SMS, TS, ECE, ETPS and ETRF bits */
  tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;
  tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_TS);
  tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP);
  htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;

  switch (sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource)
  {
    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_INTERNAL:
    {
      assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1:
    {
      /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external trigger input mode 1 (ETRF)*/
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

      /* Check ETR input conditioning related parameters */
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler));
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity));
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter));

      /* Configure the ETR Clock source */
      TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler,
                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);

      /* Select the External clock mode1 and the ETRF trigger */
      tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;
      tmpsmcr |= (TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1 | TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1);
      /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
      htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2:
    {
      /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external trigger input mode 2 (ETRF)*/
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

      /* Check ETR input conditioning related parameters */
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler));
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity));
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter));

      /* Configure the ETR Clock source */
      TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler,
                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
      /* Enable the External clock mode2 */
      htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_ECE;
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1:
    {
      /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

      /* Check TI1 input conditioning related parameters */
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity));
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter));

      TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
                               sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
                               sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
      TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2:
    {
      /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 (ETRF)*/
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

      /* Check TI2 input conditioning related parameters */
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity));
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter));

      TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
                               sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
                               sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
      TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED:
    {
      /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

      /* Check TI1 input conditioning related parameters */
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity));
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter));

      TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
                               sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
                               sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
      TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR0:
    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR1:
    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR2:
    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR3:
    {
      /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports internal trigger input */
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

      TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource);
      break;
    }

    default:
      status = HAL_ERROR;
      break;
  }
  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;

  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);

  return status;
}

/**
  * @brief  Selects the signal connected to the TI1 input: direct from CH1_input
  *         or a XOR combination between CH1_input, CH2_input & CH3_input
  * @param  htim TIM handle.
  * @param  TI1_Selection Indicate whether or not channel 1 is connected to the
  *         output of a XOR gate.
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_CH1: The TIMx_CH1 pin is connected to TI1 input
  *            @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_XORCOMBINATION: The TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3
  *            pins are connected to the TI1 input (XOR combination)
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigTI1Input(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t TI1_Selection)
{
  uint32_t tmpcr2;

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_TI1SELECTION(TI1_Selection));

  /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
  tmpcr2 = htim->Instance->CR2;

  /* Reset the TI1 selection */
  tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_TI1S;

  /* Set the TI1 selection */
  tmpcr2 |= TI1_Selection;

  /* Write to TIMxCR2 */
  htim->Instance->CR2 = tmpcr2;

  return HAL_OK;
}

/**
  * @brief  Configures the TIM in Slave mode
  * @param  htim TIM handle.
  * @param  sSlaveConfig pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that
  *         contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered
  *         timer input or external trigger input) and the Slave mode
  *         (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1).
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchro(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, const TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig)
{
  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger));

  __HAL_LOCK(htim);

  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;

  if (TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig) != HAL_OK)
  {
    htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
    __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
    return HAL_ERROR;
  }

  /* Disable Trigger Interrupt */
  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER);

  /* Disable Trigger DMA request */
  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER);

  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;

  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);

  return HAL_OK;
}

/**
  * @brief  Configures the TIM in Slave mode in interrupt mode
  * @param  htim TIM handle.
  * @param  sSlaveConfig pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that
  *         contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered
  *         timer input or external trigger input) and the Slave mode
  *         (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1).
  * @retval HAL status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchro_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
                                                const TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig)
{
  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger));

  __HAL_LOCK(htim);

  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;

  if (TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig) != HAL_OK)
  {
    htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
    __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
    return HAL_ERROR;
  }

  /* Enable Trigger Interrupt */
  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER);

  /* Disable Trigger DMA request */
  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER);

  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;

  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);

  return HAL_OK;
}

/**
  * @brief  Read the captured value from Capture Compare unit
  * @param  htim TIM handle.
  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
  * @retval Captured value
  */
uint32_t HAL_TIM_ReadCapturedValue(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
{
  uint32_t tmpreg = 0U;

  switch (Channel)
  {
    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
    {
      /* Check the parameters */
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

      /* Return the capture 1 value */
      tmpreg =  htim->Instance->CCR1;

      break;
    }
    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
    {
      /* Check the parameters */
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

      /* Return the capture 2 value */
      tmpreg =   htim->Instance->CCR2;

      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
    {
      /* Check the parameters */
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

      /* Return the capture 3 value */
      tmpreg =   htim->Instance->CCR3;

      break;
    }

    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
    {
      /* Check the parameters */
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

      /* Return the capture 4 value */
      tmpreg =   htim->Instance->CCR4;

      break;
    }

    default:
      break;
  }

  return tmpreg;
}

/**
  * @}
  */

/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group9 TIM Callbacks functions
  *  @brief    TIM Callbacks functions
  *
@verbatim
  ==============================================================================
                        ##### TIM Callbacks functions #####
  ==============================================================================
 [..]
   This section provides TIM callback functions:
   (+) TIM Period elapsed callback
   (+) TIM Output Compare callback
   (+) TIM Input capture callback
   (+) TIM Trigger callback
   (+) TIM Error callback

@endverbatim
  * @{
  */

/**
  * @brief  Period elapsed callback in non-blocking mode
  * @param  htim TIM handle
  * @retval None
  */
__weak void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
  UNUSED(htim);

  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
            the HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file
   */
}

/**
  * @brief  Period elapsed half complete callback in non-blocking mode
  * @param  htim TIM handle
  * @retval None
  */
__weak void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
  UNUSED(htim);

  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
            the HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
   */
}

/**
  * @brief  Output Compare callback in non-blocking mode
  * @param  htim TIM OC handle
  * @retval None
  */
__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
  UNUSED(htim);

  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
            the HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file
   */
}

/**
  * @brief  Input Capture callback in non-blocking mode
  * @param  htim TIM IC handle
  * @retval None
  */
__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
  UNUSED(htim);

  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
            the HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback could be implemented in the user file
   */
}

/**
  * @brief  Input Capture half complete callback in non-blocking mode
  * @param  htim TIM IC handle
  * @retval None
  */
__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
  UNUSED(htim);

  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
            the HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
   */
}

/**
  * @brief  PWM Pulse finished callback in non-blocking mode
  * @param  htim TIM handle
  * @retval None
  */
__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
  UNUSED(htim);

  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
            the HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback could be implemented in the user file
   */
}

/**
  * @brief  PWM Pulse finished half complete callback in non-blocking mode
  * @param  htim TIM handle
  * @retval None
  */
__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
  UNUSED(htim);

  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
            the HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
   */
}

/**
  * @brief  Hall Trigger detection callback in non-blocking mode
  * @param  htim TIM handle
  * @retval None
  */
__weak void HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
  UNUSED(htim);

  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
            the HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback could be implemented in the user file
   */
}

/**
  * @brief  Hall Trigger detection half complete callback in non-blocking mode
  * @param  htim TIM handle
  * @retval None
  */
__weak void HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
  UNUSED(htim);

  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
            the HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
   */
}

/**
  * @brief  Timer error callback in non-blocking mode
  * @param  htim TIM handle
  * @retval None
  */
__weak void HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
  UNUSED(htim);

  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
            the HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
   */
}

#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
/**
  * @brief  Register a User TIM callback to be used instead of the weak predefined callback
  * @param htim tim handle
  * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
  *        This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID Base MspInit Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Base MspDeInit Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID IC MspInit Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID IC MspDeInit Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID OC MspInit Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID OC MspDeInit Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID PWM MspInit Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID PWM MspDeInit Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspInit Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspDeInit Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspInit Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspDeInit Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID Hall Sensor MspInit Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Hall Sensor MspDeInit Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID Period Elapsed Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID Period Elapsed half complete Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID Trigger Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID Trigger half complete Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID Input Capture Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID Input Capture half complete Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_CB_ID Commutation Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_HALF_CB_ID Commutation half complete Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BREAK_CB_ID Break Callback ID
  *          @param pCallback pointer to the callback function
  *          @retval status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, HAL_TIM_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID,
                                           pTIM_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
{
  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;

  if (pCallback == NULL)
  {
    return HAL_ERROR;
  }

  if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)
  {
    switch (CallbackID)
    {
      case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
        htim->Base_MspInitCallback                 = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
        htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback               = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
        htim->IC_MspInitCallback                   = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
        htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback                 = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
        htim->OC_MspInitCallback                   = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
        htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback                 = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
        htim->PWM_MspInitCallback                  = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
        htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback                = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
        htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback             = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
        htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback           = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
        htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback              = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
        htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback            = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
        htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback           = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
        htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback         = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID :
        htim->PeriodElapsedCallback                = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID :
        htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback        = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID :
        htim->TriggerCallback                      = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID :
        htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback              = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID :
        htim->IC_CaptureCallback                   = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID :
        htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback           = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID :
        htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback              = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID :
        htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback            = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID :
        htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback    = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID :
        htim->ErrorCallback                        = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_CB_ID :
        htim->CommutationCallback                  = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_HALF_CB_ID :
        htim->CommutationHalfCpltCallback          = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_BREAK_CB_ID :
        htim->BreakCallback                        = pCallback;
        break;

      default :
        /* Return error status */
        status = HAL_ERROR;
        break;
    }
  }
  else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
  {
    switch (CallbackID)
    {
      case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
        htim->Base_MspInitCallback         = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
        htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback       = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
        htim->IC_MspInitCallback           = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
        htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback         = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
        htim->OC_MspInitCallback           = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
        htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback         = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
        htim->PWM_MspInitCallback          = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
        htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback        = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
        htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback     = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
        htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback   = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
        htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback      = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
        htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback    = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
        htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback   = pCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
        htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
        break;

      default :
        /* Return error status */
        status = HAL_ERROR;
        break;
    }
  }
  else
  {
    /* Return error status */
    status = HAL_ERROR;
  }

  return status;
}

/**
  * @brief  Unregister a TIM callback
  *         TIM callback is redirected to the weak predefined callback
  * @param htim tim handle
  * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered
  *        This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID Base MspInit Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Base MspDeInit Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID IC MspInit Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID IC MspDeInit Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID OC MspInit Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID OC MspDeInit Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID PWM MspInit Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID PWM MspDeInit Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspInit Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspDeInit Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspInit Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspDeInit Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID Hall Sensor MspInit Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Hall Sensor MspDeInit Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID Period Elapsed Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID Period Elapsed half complete Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID Trigger Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID Trigger half complete Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID Input Capture Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID Input Capture half complete Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_CB_ID Commutation Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_HALF_CB_ID Commutation half complete Callback ID
  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BREAK_CB_ID Break Callback ID
  *          @retval status
  */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, HAL_TIM_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
{
  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;

  if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)
  {
    switch (CallbackID)
    {
      case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak Base MspInit Callback */
        htim->Base_MspInitCallback              = HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak Base Msp DeInit Callback */
        htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback            = HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak IC Msp Init Callback */
        htim->IC_MspInitCallback                = HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak IC Msp DeInit Callback */
        htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback              = HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak OC Msp Init Callback */
        htim->OC_MspInitCallback                = HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak OC Msp DeInit Callback */
        htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback              = HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak PWM Msp Init Callback */
        htim->PWM_MspInitCallback               = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak PWM Msp DeInit Callback */
        htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback             = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp Init Callback */
        htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback          = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback */
        htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback        = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp Init Callback */
        htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback           = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp DeInit Callback */
        htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback         = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak Hall Sensor Msp Init Callback */
        htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback        = HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak Hall Sensor Msp DeInit Callback */
        htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback      = HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak Period Elapsed Callback */
        htim->PeriodElapsedCallback             = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak Period Elapsed half complete Callback */
        htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback     = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak Trigger Callback */
        htim->TriggerCallback                   = HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak Trigger half complete Callback */
        htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback           = HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak IC Capture Callback */
        htim->IC_CaptureCallback                = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak IC Capture half complete Callback */
        htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback        = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak OC Delay Elapsed Callback */
        htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback           = HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak PWM Pulse Finished Callback */
        htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback         = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback */
        htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak Error Callback */
        htim->ErrorCallback                     = HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak Commutation Callback */
        htim->CommutationCallback               = HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_HALF_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak Commutation half complete Callback */
        htim->CommutationHalfCpltCallback       = HAL_TIMEx_CommutHalfCpltCallback;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_BREAK_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak Break Callback */
        htim->BreakCallback                     = HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback;
        break;

      default :
        /* Return error status */
        status = HAL_ERROR;
        break;
    }
  }
  else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
  {
    switch (CallbackID)
    {
      case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak Base MspInit Callback */
        htim->Base_MspInitCallback         = HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak Base Msp DeInit Callback */
        htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback       = HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak IC Msp Init Callback */
        htim->IC_MspInitCallback           = HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak IC Msp DeInit Callback */
        htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback         = HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak OC Msp Init Callback */
        htim->OC_MspInitCallback           = HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak OC Msp DeInit Callback */
        htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback         = HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak PWM Msp Init Callback */
        htim->PWM_MspInitCallback          = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak PWM Msp DeInit Callback */
        htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback        = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp Init Callback */
        htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback     = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback */
        htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback   = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp Init Callback */
        htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback      = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp DeInit Callback */
        htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback    = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak Hall Sensor Msp Init Callback */
        htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback   = HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit;
        break;

      case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
        /* Legacy weak Hall Sensor Msp DeInit Callback */
        htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit;
        break;

      default :
        /* Return error status */
        status = HAL_ERROR;
        break;
    }
  }
  else
  {
    /* Return error status */
    status = HAL_ERROR;
  }

  return status;
}
#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */

/**
  * @}
  */

/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group10 TIM Peripheral State functions
  *  @brief   TIM Peripheral State functions
  *
@verbatim
  ==============================================================================
                        ##### Peripheral State functions #####
  ==============================================================================
    [..]
    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
    and the data flow.

@endverbatim
  * @{
  */

/**
  * @brief  Return the TIM Base handle state.
  * @param  htim TIM Base handle
  * @retval HAL state
  */
HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_GetState(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  return htim->State;
}

/**
  * @brief  Return the TIM OC handle state.
  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
  * @retval HAL state
  */
HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_GetState(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  return htim->State;
}

/**
  * @brief  Return the TIM PWM handle state.
  * @param  htim TIM handle
  * @retval HAL state
  */
HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_GetState(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  return htim->State;
}

/**
  * @brief  Return the TIM Input Capture handle state.
  * @param  htim TIM IC handle
  * @retval HAL state
  */
HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_GetState(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  return htim->State;
}

/**
  * @brief  Return the TIM One Pulse Mode handle state.
  * @param  htim TIM OPM handle
  * @retval HAL state
  */
HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_GetState(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  return htim->State;
}

/**
  * @brief  Return the TIM Encoder Mode handle state.
  * @param  htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
  * @retval HAL state
  */
HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_GetState(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  return htim->State;
}

/**
  * @brief  Return the TIM Encoder Mode handle state.
  * @param  htim TIM handle
  * @retval Active channel
  */
HAL_TIM_ActiveChannel HAL_TIM_GetActiveChannel(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  return htim->Channel;
}

/**
  * @brief  Return actual state of the TIM channel.
  * @param  htim TIM handle
  * @param  Channel TIM Channel
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_5: TIM Channel 5
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_6: TIM Channel 6
  * @retval TIM Channel state
  */
HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef HAL_TIM_GetChannelState(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,  uint32_t Channel)
{
  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state;

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));

  channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel);

  return channel_state;
}

/**
  * @brief  Return actual state of a DMA burst operation.
  * @param  htim TIM handle
  * @retval DMA burst state
  */
HAL_TIM_DMABurstStateTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurstState(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));

  return htim->DMABurstState;
}

/**
  * @}
  */

/**
  * @}
  */

/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Functions TIM Private Functions
  * @{
  */

/**
  * @brief  TIM DMA error callback
  * @param  hdma pointer to DMA handle.
  * @retval None
  */
void TIM_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
  TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;

  if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1])
  {
    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
  }
  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2])
  {
    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
  }
  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3])
  {
    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
  }
  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4])
  {
    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_4, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
  }
  else
  {
    htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
  }

#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
  htim->ErrorCallback(htim);
#else
  HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(htim);
#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */

  htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
}

/**
  * @brief  TIM DMA Delay Pulse complete callback.
  * @param  hdma pointer to DMA handle.
  * @retval None
  */
static void TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
  TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;

  if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1])
  {
    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;

    if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
    {
      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
    }
  }
  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2])
  {
    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;

    if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
    {
      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
    }
  }
  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3])
  {
    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;

    if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
    {
      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
    }
  }
  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4])
  {
    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;

    if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
    {
      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_4, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
    }
  }
  else
  {
    /* nothing to do */
  }

#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
  htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
#else
  HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */

  htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
}

/**
  * @brief  TIM DMA Delay Pulse half complete callback.
  * @param  hdma pointer to DMA handle.
  * @retval None
  */
void TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
  TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;

  if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1])
  {
    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
  }
  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2])
  {
    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
  }
  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3])
  {
    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
  }
  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4])
  {
    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
  }
  else
  {
    /* nothing to do */
  }

#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
  htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback(htim);
#else
  HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback(htim);
#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */

  htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
}

/**
  * @brief  TIM DMA Capture complete callback.
  * @param  hdma pointer to DMA handle.
  * @retval None
  */
void TIM_DMACaptureCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
  TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;

  if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1])
  {
    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;

    if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
    {
      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
    }
  }
  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2])
  {
    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;

    if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
    {
      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
    }
  }
  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3])
  {
    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;

    if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
    {
      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
    }
  }
  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4])
  {
    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;

    if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
    {
      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_4, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_4, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
    }
  }
  else
  {
    /* nothing to do */
  }

#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
  htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
#else
  HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */

  htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
}

/**
  * @brief  TIM DMA Capture half complete callback.
  * @param  hdma pointer to DMA handle.
  * @retval None
  */
void TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
  TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;

  if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1])
  {
    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
  }
  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2])
  {
    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
  }
  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3])
  {
    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
  }
  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4])
  {
    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
  }
  else
  {
    /* nothing to do */
  }

#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
  htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback(htim);
#else
  HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback(htim);
#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */

  htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
}

/**
  * @brief  TIM DMA Period Elapse complete callback.
  * @param  hdma pointer to DMA handle.
  * @retval None
  */
static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
  TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;

  if (htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
  {
    htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
  }

#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
  htim->PeriodElapsedCallback(htim);
#else
  HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim);
#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
}

/**
  * @brief  TIM DMA Period Elapse half complete callback.
  * @param  hdma pointer to DMA handle.
  * @retval None
  */
static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
  TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;

#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
  htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback(htim);
#else
  HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback(htim);
#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
}

/**
  * @brief  TIM DMA Trigger callback.
  * @param  hdma pointer to DMA handle.
  * @retval None
  */
static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
  TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;

  if (htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
  {
    htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
  }

#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
  htim->TriggerCallback(htim);
#else
  HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim);
#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
}

/**
  * @brief  TIM DMA Trigger half complete callback.
  * @param  hdma pointer to DMA handle.
  * @retval None
  */
static void TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
  TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;

#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
  htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback(htim);
#else
  HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback(htim);
#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
}

/**
  * @brief  Time Base configuration
  * @param  TIMx TIM peripheral
  * @param  Structure TIM Base configuration structure
  * @retval None
  */
void TIM_Base_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, const TIM_Base_InitTypeDef *Structure)
{
  uint32_t tmpcr1;
  tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1;

  /* Set TIM Time Base Unit parameters ---------------------------------------*/
  if (IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE_SELECT_INSTANCE(TIMx))
  {
    /* Select the Counter Mode */
    tmpcr1 &= ~(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS);
    tmpcr1 |= Structure->CounterMode;
  }

  if (IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(TIMx))
  {
    /* Set the clock division */
    tmpcr1 &= ~TIM_CR1_CKD;
    tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)Structure->ClockDivision;
  }

  /* Set the auto-reload preload */
  MODIFY_REG(tmpcr1, TIM_CR1_ARPE, Structure->AutoReloadPreload);

  TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1;

  /* Set the Autoreload value */
  TIMx->ARR = (uint32_t)Structure->Period ;

  /* Set the Prescaler value */
  TIMx->PSC = Structure->Prescaler;

  if (IS_TIM_REPETITION_COUNTER_INSTANCE(TIMx))
  {
    /* Set the Repetition Counter value */
    TIMx->RCR = Structure->RepetitionCounter;
  }

  /* Generate an update event to reload the Prescaler
     and the repetition counter (only for advanced timer) value immediately */
  TIMx->EGR = TIM_EGR_UG;
}

/**
  * @brief  Timer Output Compare 1 configuration
  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
  * @param  OC_Config The output configuration structure
  * @retval None
  */
static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, const TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config)
{
  uint32_t tmpccmrx;
  uint32_t tmpccer;
  uint32_t tmpcr2;

  /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;

  /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E;

  /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
  tmpcr2 =  TIMx->CR2;

  /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
  tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1;

  /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */
  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1M;
  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S;
  /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
  tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode;

  /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
  tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1P;
  /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
  tmpccer |= OC_Config->OCPolarity;

  if (IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(TIMx, TIM_CHANNEL_1))
  {
    /* Check parameters */
    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity));

    /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */
    tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1NP;
    /* Set the Output N Polarity */
    tmpccer |= OC_Config->OCNPolarity;
    /* Reset the Output N State */
    tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1NE;
  }

  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx))
  {
    /* Check parameters */
    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState));
    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState));

    /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */
    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS1;
    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS1N;
    /* Set the Output Idle state */
    tmpcr2 |= OC_Config->OCIdleState;
    /* Set the Output N Idle state */
    tmpcr2 |= OC_Config->OCNIdleState;
  }

  /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
  TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;

  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx;

  /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
  TIMx->CCR1 = OC_Config->Pulse;

  /* Write to TIMx CCER */
  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
}

/**
  * @brief  Timer Output Compare 2 configuration
  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
  * @param  OC_Config The output configuration structure
  * @retval None
  */
void TIM_OC2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, const TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config)
{
  uint32_t tmpccmrx;
  uint32_t tmpccer;
  uint32_t tmpcr2;

  /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;

  /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E;

  /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
  tmpcr2 =  TIMx->CR2;

  /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
  tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1;

  /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2M;
  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S;

  /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
  tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8U);

  /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
  tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2P;
  /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
  tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 4U);

  if (IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(TIMx, TIM_CHANNEL_2))
  {
    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity));

    /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */
    tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2NP;
    /* Set the Output N Polarity */
    tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCNPolarity << 4U);
    /* Reset the Output N State */
    tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2NE;

  }

  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx))
  {
    /* Check parameters */
    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState));
    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState));

    /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */
    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS2;
    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS2N;
    /* Set the Output Idle state */
    tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 2U);
    /* Set the Output N Idle state */
    tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCNIdleState << 2U);
  }

  /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
  TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;

  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx;

  /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
  TIMx->CCR2 = OC_Config->Pulse;

  /* Write to TIMx CCER */
  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
}

/**
  * @brief  Timer Output Compare 3 configuration
  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
  * @param  OC_Config The output configuration structure
  * @retval None
  */
static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, const TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config)
{
  uint32_t tmpccmrx;
  uint32_t tmpccer;
  uint32_t tmpcr2;

  /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;

  /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC2E Bit */
  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E;

  /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
  tmpcr2 =  TIMx->CR2;

  /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
  tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2;

  /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3M;
  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S;
  /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
  tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode;

  /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
  tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3P;
  /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
  tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 8U);

  if (IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(TIMx, TIM_CHANNEL_3))
  {
    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity));

    /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */
    tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3NP;
    /* Set the Output N Polarity */
    tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCNPolarity << 8U);
    /* Reset the Output N State */
    tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3NE;
  }

  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx))
  {
    /* Check parameters */
    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState));
    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState));

    /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */
    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS3;
    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS3N;
    /* Set the Output Idle state */
    tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 4U);
    /* Set the Output N Idle state */
    tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCNIdleState << 4U);
  }

  /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
  TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;

  /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
  TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx;

  /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
  TIMx->CCR3 = OC_Config->Pulse;

  /* Write to TIMx CCER */
  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
}

/**
  * @brief  Timer Output Compare 4 configuration
  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
  * @param  OC_Config The output configuration structure
  * @retval None
  */
static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, const TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config)
{
  uint32_t tmpccmrx;
  uint32_t tmpccer;
  uint32_t tmpcr2;

  /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;

  /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */
  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E;

  /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
  tmpcr2 =  TIMx->CR2;

  /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
  tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2;

  /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4M;
  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S;

  /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
  tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8U);

  /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
  tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4P;
  /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
  tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 12U);

  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx))
  {
    /* Check parameters */
    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState));

    /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */
    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS4;

    /* Set the Output Idle state */
    tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 6U);
  }

  /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
  TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;

  /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
  TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx;

  /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
  TIMx->CCR4 = OC_Config->Pulse;

  /* Write to TIMx CCER */
  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
}

/**
  * @brief  Slave Timer configuration function
  * @param  htim TIM handle
  * @param  sSlaveConfig Slave timer configuration
  * @retval None
  */
static HAL_StatusTypeDef TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
                                                  const TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig)
{
  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
  uint32_t tmpccmr1;
  uint32_t tmpccer;

  /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
  tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;

  /* Reset the Trigger Selection Bits */
  tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
  /* Set the Input Trigger source */
  tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger;

  /* Reset the slave mode Bits */
  tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
  /* Set the slave mode */
  tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode;

  /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
  htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;

  /* Configure the trigger prescaler, filter, and polarity */
  switch (sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger)
  {
    case TIM_TS_ETRF:
    {
      /* Check the parameters */
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler));
      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity));
      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter));
      /* Configure the ETR Trigger source */
      TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
                        sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler,
                        sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity,
                        sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_TS_TI1F_ED:
    {
      /* Check the parameters */
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter));

      if (sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode == TIM_SLAVEMODE_GATED)
      {
        return HAL_ERROR;
      }

      /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
      tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER;
      htim->Instance->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E;
      tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1;

      /* Set the filter */
      tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F;
      tmpccmr1 |= ((sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter) << 4U);

      /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
      htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
      htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer;
      break;
    }

    case TIM_TS_TI1FP1:
    {
      /* Check the parameters */
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity));
      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter));

      /* Configure TI1 Filter and Polarity */
      TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
                               sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity,
                               sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_TS_TI2FP2:
    {
      /* Check the parameters */
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity));
      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter));

      /* Configure TI2 Filter and Polarity */
      TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
                               sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity,
                               sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter);
      break;
    }

    case TIM_TS_ITR0:
    case TIM_TS_ITR1:
    case TIM_TS_ITR2:
    case TIM_TS_ITR3:
    {
      /* Check the parameter */
      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
      break;
    }

    default:
      status = HAL_ERROR;
      break;
  }

  return status;
}

/**
  * @brief  Configure the TI1 as Input.
  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral.
  * @param  TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity.
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
  * @param  TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used.
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC1.
  *            @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC2.
  *            @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to TRC.
  * @param  TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
  *          This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
  * @retval None
  * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI2FP1
  *       (on channel2 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be
  *        protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values.
  */
void TIM_TI1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
                       uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
{
  uint32_t tmpccmr1;
  uint32_t tmpccer;

  /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E;
  tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;

  /* Select the Input */
  if (IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET)
  {
    tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S;
    tmpccmr1 |= TIM_ICSelection;
  }
  else
  {
    tmpccmr1 |= TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0;
  }

  /* Set the filter */
  tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F;
  tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4U) & TIM_CCMR1_IC1F);

  /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */
  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP);
  tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity & (TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP));

  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
}

/**
  * @brief  Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI1.
  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral.
  * @param  TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity.
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
  * @param  TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
  *          This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
  * @retval None
  */
static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
{
  uint32_t tmpccmr1;
  uint32_t tmpccer;

  /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E;
  tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;

  /* Set the filter */
  tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F;
  tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 4U);

  /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */
  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP);
  tmpccer |= TIM_ICPolarity;

  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
}

/**
  * @brief  Configure the TI2 as Input.
  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
  * @param  TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity.
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
  * @param  TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used.
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC2.
  *            @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC1.
  *            @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to TRC.
  * @param  TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
  *          This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
  * @retval None
  * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI1FP2
  *       (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be
  *        protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values.
  */
static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
                              uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
{
  uint32_t tmpccmr1;
  uint32_t tmpccer;

  /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E;
  tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;

  /* Select the Input */
  tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S;
  tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8U);

  /* Set the filter */
  tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F;
  tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12U) & TIM_CCMR1_IC2F);

  /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */
  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP);
  tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 4U) & (TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP));

  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ;
  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
}

/**
  * @brief  Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI2.
  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral.
  * @param  TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity.
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
  * @param  TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
  *          This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
  * @retval None
  */
static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
{
  uint32_t tmpccmr1;
  uint32_t tmpccer;

  /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E;
  tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;

  /* Set the filter */
  tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F;
  tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 12U);

  /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */
  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP);
  tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity << 4U);

  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ;
  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
}

/**
  * @brief  Configure the TI3 as Input.
  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
  * @param  TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity.
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
  * @param  TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used.
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC3.
  *            @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC4.
  *            @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to TRC.
  * @param  TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
  *          This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
  * @retval None
  * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI3FP4
  *       (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be
  *        protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values.
  */
static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
                              uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
{
  uint32_t tmpccmr2;
  uint32_t tmpccer;

  /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */
  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E;
  tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;

  /* Select the Input */
  tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S;
  tmpccmr2 |= TIM_ICSelection;

  /* Set the filter */
  tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3F;
  tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4U) & TIM_CCMR2_IC3F);

  /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */
  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC3P);
  tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 8U) & TIM_CCER_CC3P);

  /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */
  TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
}

/**
  * @brief  Configure the TI4 as Input.
  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
  * @param  TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity.
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
  * @param  TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used.
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC4.
  *            @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC3.
  *            @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to TRC.
  * @param  TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
  *          This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
  * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI4FP3
  *       (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be
  *        protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values.
  * @retval None
  */
static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
                              uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
{
  uint32_t tmpccmr2;
  uint32_t tmpccer;

  /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */
  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E;
  tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;

  /* Select the Input */
  tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S;
  tmpccmr2 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8U);

  /* Set the filter */
  tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4F;
  tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12U) & TIM_CCMR2_IC4F);

  /* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */
  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC4P);
  tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 12U) & TIM_CCER_CC4P);

  /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */
  TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer ;
}

/**
  * @brief  Selects the Input Trigger source
  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
  * @param  InputTriggerSource The Input Trigger source.
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0
  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1
  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2
  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3
  *            @arg TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: TI1 Edge Detector
  *            @arg TIM_TS_TI1FP1: Filtered Timer Input 1
  *            @arg TIM_TS_TI2FP2: Filtered Timer Input 2
  *            @arg TIM_TS_ETRF: External Trigger input
  * @retval None
  */
static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t InputTriggerSource)
{
  uint32_t tmpsmcr;

  /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
  tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR;
  /* Reset the TS Bits */
  tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
  /* Set the Input Trigger source and the slave mode*/
  tmpsmcr |= (InputTriggerSource | TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1);
  /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
  TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
}
/**
  * @brief  Configures the TIMx External Trigger (ETR).
  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
  * @param  TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler The external Trigger Prescaler.
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV1: ETRP Prescaler OFF.
  *            @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2.
  *            @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4.
  *            @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8.
  * @param  TIM_ExtTRGPolarity The external Trigger Polarity.
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_ETRPOLARITY_INVERTED: active low or falling edge active.
  *            @arg TIM_ETRPOLARITY_NONINVERTED: active high or rising edge active.
  * @param  ExtTRGFilter External Trigger Filter.
  *          This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F
  * @retval None
  */
void TIM_ETR_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler,
                       uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint32_t ExtTRGFilter)
{
  uint32_t tmpsmcr;

  tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR;

  /* Reset the ETR Bits */
  tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP);

  /* Set the Prescaler, the Filter value and the Polarity */
  tmpsmcr |= (uint32_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler | (TIM_ExtTRGPolarity | (ExtTRGFilter << 8U)));

  /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
  TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
}

/**
  * @brief  Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel x.
  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
  * @param  Channel specifies the TIM Channel
  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4
  * @param  ChannelState specifies the TIM Channel CCxE bit new state.
  *          This parameter can be: TIM_CCx_ENABLE or TIM_CCx_DISABLE.
  * @retval None
  */
void TIM_CCxChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelState)
{
  uint32_t tmp;

  /* Check the parameters */
  assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(TIMx));
  assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel));

  tmp = TIM_CCER_CC1E << (Channel & 0x1FU); /* 0x1FU = 31 bits max shift */

  /* Reset the CCxE Bit */
  TIMx->CCER &= ~tmp;

  /* Set or reset the CCxE Bit */
  TIMx->CCER |= (uint32_t)(ChannelState << (Channel & 0x1FU)); /* 0x1FU = 31 bits max shift */
}

#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
/**
  * @brief  Reset interrupt callbacks to the legacy weak callbacks.
  * @param  htim pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
  * @retval None
  */
void TIM_ResetCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
  /* Reset the TIM callback to the legacy weak callbacks */
  htim->PeriodElapsedCallback             = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback;
  htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback     = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback;
  htim->TriggerCallback                   = HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback;
  htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback           = HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback;
  htim->IC_CaptureCallback                = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback;
  htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback        = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback;
  htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback           = HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback;
  htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback         = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback;
  htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback;
  htim->ErrorCallback                     = HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback;
  htim->CommutationCallback               = HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback;
  htim->CommutationHalfCpltCallback       = HAL_TIMEx_CommutHalfCpltCallback;
  htim->BreakCallback                     = HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback;
}
#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */

/**
  * @}
  */

#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
  * @}
  */

/**
  * @}
  */

一、定时器实验

1.1 芯片手册

基本、通用和高级定时器的差异来自内部硬件通路。无论框图多复杂,都可以先找共同的计数主干:

时钟源选择 → 预分频器 PSC → 计数器 CNT ← 自动重装值 ARR
                                  │
                                  ├─ 更新事件/更新中断
                                  └─ 与 CCRx 比较或被捕获到 CCRx

基本定时器只保留计数、更新事件、DMA/中断等主干;通用定时器增加输入捕获、输出比较、PWM 和编码器接口;高级定时器再增加互补输出、死区、刹车和重复计数等功率控制功能。

框图中的连线不是程序执行流程,而是芯片内部真实的信号选择和硬件数据通路。初学时不必一次记住全部开关,只需按当前任务追踪“时钟从哪里来、CNT 如何计数、什么事件触发中断”。本实验选用 TIM1。TIM1 虽然属于高级定时器,但完全可以只使用其基本定时与更新中断功能。

1.2 实验演示

实验目标如下:

  • TIM1 每 1 秒产生一次更新中断,LED1 每次中断翻转。
  • G_TIM_Count 记录上电后的秒数。
  • LED2 每隔 2 秒翻转一次。
  • 主循环按标志位通过 USART1 输出运行时间。

注意“每隔 1 秒翻转一次”不是“完整闪烁周期为 1 秒”:一次翻转只完成亮到灭或灭到亮,亮灭一整轮需要 2 秒。按复位键后,RAM 中的计数变量重新初始化,运行时间也从头统计。

1.3 新建工程

工程选择 STM32F103ZET6,并让 CubeMX 分别生成外设的 .c/.h 文件。生成代码后,用户逻辑放在 USER CODE BEGIN/END 区域,避免重新生成时被覆盖。

1.3.1 配置系统时钟

开发板使用外部高速晶振 HSE。时钟配置中启用 HSE,经 PLL 得到 72 MHz 的系统时钟 SYSCLK,并确认 AHB、APB1、APB2 没有超过芯片允许的最高频率。

flowchart LR
    A[板载HSE晶振] --> B[PLL锁相环]
    B --> C[SYSCLK 72MHz]
    C --> D[AHB/HCLK 72MHz]
    D --> E[APB2/PCLK2 72MHz]
    D --> F[APB1/PCLK1 36MHz]
    E --> G[TIM1/TIM8 时钟]
    F --> H[TIM2至TIM7 时钟经条件倍频]

HSE 是 PLL 的参考时钟;“定时器选择内部时钟”则是说 TIM1 的计数源来自芯片内部时钟树,而不是 TIM1 的 ETR 外部计数引脚。这两个“内部/外部”的语境不能混为一谈。

1.3.2 配置定时器
1.3.2.1 定时器选择与基本配置

本实验使用 TIM1,时钟源选择 Internal Clock,计数模式选择向上计数。虽然 TIM6/TIM7 这种基本定时器也能完成周期中断,但具体芯片、封装和工程资源可能已有占用,因此应按实际可用资源选择。

TIM1 的高级功能在本实验中不启用。配置结果本质上是 CubeMX 帮助程序填写 TIM_HandleTypeDef,随后 HAL_TIM_Base_Init(&htim1) 把这些参数写入硬件寄存器。

1.3.2.2 定时器时钟源的选择

定时器可由内部时钟、ETR 外部触发输入或其他触发源驱动。本实验的“定时”依赖稳定的片内时钟树,因而使用内部时钟。ETR 模式更像对外部脉冲计数,例如统计传感器输出的脉冲个数。

只做更新中断不需要启用任何 CH1~CH4 引脚。PWM 输出或输入捕获才需要选择通道,并按复用功能表使用与该通道相连的固定 GPIO。

1.3.2.3 定时器通道与引脚选择

定时器通道不是任意 GPIO 软件映射,而是芯片内部预先布线到某些引脚。例如某个 TIMx_CHy 能出现在哪些引脚上,由芯片型号和重映射配置共同决定。

基础定时中断:内部时钟 → PSC → CNT/ARR → 更新中断
              不经过通道,不需要定时器 GPIO

PWM:          CNT 与 CCRx 比较 → 通道输出级 → TIMx_CHy 引脚
输入捕获:     TIMx_CHy 引脚 → 滤波/边沿检测 → 把 CNT 锁存到 CCRx

因此当前页面只需配置 TIM1 基本参数;后续 PWM 与输入捕获实验再配置具体通道。

1.3.2.4 定时器参数设置: 计数值与分频值

两个核心参数是预分频寄存器 PSC 和自动重装寄存器 ARR。向上计数时,CNT 从 0 数到 ARR,共计数 ARR+1 次;预分频器的实际分频系数是 PSC+1

f_CNT = f_TIM / (PSC + 1)
T_UPDATE = (ARR + 1) / f_CNT
         = (PSC + 1) × (ARR + 1) / f_TIM

不能只看到界面中的“计数值 9999”就说计数 9999 次,也不能把 PSC 填写值直接当分频系数。两个加一是定时计算中最常见的易错点。

1.3.2.5 定时器时钟源与总线架构

STM32F103ZE 中,TIM1、TIM8 挂在 APB2;TIM2~TIM7 挂在 APB1。定时器时钟不总是等于相应的 PCLK:

若 APBx 预分频系数 = 1:f_TIMx = PCLKx
若 APBx 预分频系数 > 1:f_TIMx = 2 × PCLKx

当前时钟树通常令 APB2=72 MHz、预分频为 1,所以 TIM1 时钟为 72 MHz;APB1=36 MHz、预分频为 2,而 TIM2~TIM7 的定时器时钟经过倍频同样为 72 MHz。

这个倍频是时钟控制电路的规则,不是看到 36 MHz 后无条件乘二。更改 APB 分频时,必须重新按时钟树确认 f_TIM

1.3.2.6 定时器分频值计算与设置

若把 72 MHz 分频为 1 MHz,可填写 PSC=71:

f_CNT = 72 MHz / (71 + 1) = 1 MHz
每个计数节拍 = 1 μs

此时 ARR=65535 的更新周期为:

T_UPDATE = (65535 + 1) × 1 μs = 65.536 ms

所以 PSC=71、ARR=65535 并不能直接得到 1 秒。16 位 ARR 最大为 65535,要得到 1 秒,必须进一步降低计数频率,或使用软件累计多个较短周期。

1.3.2.7 定时器中断周期设置

配套 06TIM 工程采用:

TIM1CLK = 72 MHz
PSC = 7199  → 实际 7200 分频 → f_CNT = 10 kHz
ARR = 9999  → 一个更新周期 10000 个节拍
T_UPDATE = 7200 × 10000 / 72,000,000 = 1 s

对应初始化参数为:

htim1.Init.Prescaler = 7199;
htim1.Init.CounterMode = TIM_COUNTERMODE_UP;
htim1.Init.Period = 9999;
htim1.Init.ClockDivision = TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV1;
htim1.Init.RepetitionCounter = 0;
htim1.Init.AutoReloadPreload = TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD_ENABLE;

ClockDivision 主要影响定时器数字滤波/死区所用的采样时钟,不是这里用于产生 1 秒周期的 PSC。RepetitionCounter 是高级定时器特有的重复计数设置,本实验置 0,表示每次计数器溢出都产生更新事件。

1.3.2.8 定时器计数方式与自动重装

CounterMode=UP 表示向上计数。连续模式下,CNT 到达 ARR 并发生更新后会从 0 开始下一轮,这是定时器的基本计数行为。

CubeMX 中的 Auto-reload preload 控制的是“写 ARR 时是否先进入影子/缓冲机制”:

  • DISABLE:新的 ARR 通常立即作用于计数周期,可能使当前周期突然变长或缩短。
  • ENABLE:新的 ARR 先保存在预装载寄存器,在下一次更新事件时统一转入有效寄存器,周期边界更整齐。

它不表示“中断后是否继续自动重装”。即使预装载关闭,只要 CR1.CEN 仍为 1、单脉冲模式未启用,计数器依然会连续运行。若需要让预装载值立即生效,可以通过 EGR.UG 产生更新事件;HAL 初始化过程会处理相关装载时序。

1.3.3 配置灯

PB5 与 PE5 配置为推挽输出,并将初始输出电平设为高,使两个 LED 上电后先保持熄灭。板上 LED 为低电平有效:

3.3 V ── LED ── 1 kΩ ── PB5/PE5

引脚输出低:电流流入 GPIO,LED 亮
引脚输出高:LED 两端近似等电位,LED 灭

1 kΩ 电阻用于限制 LED 电流。GPIO 的“高/低”描述的是引脚电位,而“灯亮/灭”由完整电路中的电流决定,所以低电平也可以表示逻辑上的“点亮”。

1.3.4 配置串口

USART1 选择异步模式,常用配置为 115200 bit/s、8 数据位、无校验、1 停止位、收发使能。开发板板载 CH340C 与 USART1 的 PA9/PA10 相连,用于在电脑串口终端查看运行时间。

串口打印不是定时器工作所必需,但它能帮助观察内部秒计数。若终端乱码,应依次检查波特率、数据格式、地线、串口号以及 printf 重定向所使用的 UART 句柄。

1.3.5 初始化代码

生成后的主函数按顺序完成 HAL、系统时钟和外设初始化:

HAL_Init();
SystemClock_Config();
MX_GPIO_Init();
MX_TIM1_Init();
MX_USART1_UART_Init();

MX_TIM1_Init() 只负责配置定时器,并不等于启动计数。程序还需要显式调用 HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(&htim1)

定时器更新中断能进入用户回调,必须同时满足以下条件:

定时器正在计数:CR1.CEN = 1
更新中断允许:  DIER.UIE = 1
NVIC通道允许:  TIM1_UP_IRQn 已使能
事件已经发生:  SR.UIF = 1
1.3.6 找到中断函数
1.3.6.1 中断函数与中断向量表的基本原理

Cortex-M3 发生 TIM1 更新中断后,根据启动文件中的中断向量表取得 TIM1_UP_IRQHandler 地址。调用链为:

flowchart TD
    A[TIM1 CNT计满] --> B[产生更新事件并置位 SR.UIF]
    B --> C{DIER.UIE与NVIC均允许?}
    C -- 否 --> D[只保留/处理状态,不进入应用回调]
    C -- 是 --> E[CPU根据向量表进入 TIM1_UP_IRQHandler]
    E --> F[HAL_TIM_IRQHandler &htim1]
    F --> G[识别更新中断并清除UIF]
    G --> H[HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback &htim1]

向量表负责找到入口,stm32f1xx_it.c 中的 IRQHandler 负责把具体句柄交给 HAL,HAL 再统一判定标志与中断源,最后调用可由用户实现的回调。

1.3.6.2 定时器中断的配置与中断线路管理器设置

CubeMX 的 NVIC Settings 中需要勾选 TIM1 update interrupt。生成代码会在 HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit() 中设置优先级并调用:

HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(TIM1_UP_IRQn, 0, 0);
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(TIM1_UP_IRQn);

NVIC 使能只打开 CPU 侧的中断通道;HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT() 还会设置定时器侧的 DIER.UIE 并启动 CR1.CEN。缺少任意一侧,回调都不会按预期执行。

1.3.6.3 中断优先级与子优先级的设置

优先级数值越小,抢占优先级越高。抢占优先级决定一个中断能否打断另一个中断;子优先级只在抢占优先级相同时决定等待执行的先后顺序,其有效位数受 NVIC 优先级分组影响。

本实验只有少量中断,设置为 0 可以运行,但工程扩大后应统一规划。高频且耗时的高优先级中断可能长期阻塞串口、SysTick 等其他中断。优先级的核心原则不是“全部设最高”,而是保证实时性同时缩短 ISR。

1.3.6.4 中断服务函数的查找与定位

CubeMX 在 Core/Src/stm32f1xx_it.c 中生成:

void TIM1_UP_IRQHandler(void)
{
    HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(&htim1);
}

htim1 实体定义在 tim.c,中断文件通过 extern TIM_HandleTypeDef htim1; 引用它。函数名必须与启动文件向量表中的弱符号完全一致,否则硬件会进入默认处理函数而不是预期代码。

1.3.6.5 HAL TIM IRQHandler函数的作用

HAL_TIM_IRQHandler() 是 HAL 的通用定时器中断分发器。一个定时器可能同时产生更新、捕获比较、触发、刹车等多种中断,所以它会分别检查“状态标志是否置位”和“对应中断使能位是否打开”。

对于本实验的更新事件,关键逻辑可以概括为:

检查 SR.UIF
  └─ 再检查 DIER.UIE
       ├─ 清除 UIF
       └─ 调用 HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim)

先清状态标志再进入回调,可防止同一事件退出 ISR 后立刻重复触发。不要在自己的回调中随意清除整个 SR,否则可能误删同一定时器的其他待处理事件。

1.3.6.6 查找对应的回调函数

更新事件对应 HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(),名称中的 PeriodElapsed 表示一个计数周期已经结束。HAL 源码提供弱定义,应用程序写出同名、同参数函数后,链接器会使用应用实现。

void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
    if (htim->Instance == TIM1)
    {
        /* TIM1 的周期任务 */
    }
}

参数 htim 不能忽略。多个定时器共用同一个回调接口时,要用 htim->Instance 或与 &htim1 比较来区分中断来源。

1.3.6.7 例题1: 回调函数在定时器中断中的应用

让 LED1 每秒翻转一次的最小回调为:

void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
    if (htim->Instance == TIM1)
    {
        HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(LED1_GPIO_Port, LED1_Pin);
    }
}

这里的 GPIO 操作很短,适合放在回调中。串口阻塞发送、长延时、复杂格式化或大量计算则会拉长中断占用时间,应改为设置标志,交给主循环处理。

1.3.7 修改定时器中断回调函数

main.c 的用户代码区域实现回调,保留定时器来源判断:

void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
    if (htim->Instance == TIM1)
    {
        HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(LED1_GPIO_Port, LED1_Pin);
    }
}

HAL_GPIO_TogglePin() 会根据当前输出状态翻转对应 GPIO。因为 LED 低电平有效,第一次翻转可能是高变低并点亮,下一次低变高并熄灭。

回调应写在 USER CODE BEGIN 4 一类受保护区域内。不要改 HAL 驱动里的弱回调,也不要把应用逻辑直接写进自动生成的 IRQHandler,否则代码生成和后续复用都会更困难。

1.3.8 编译并运行

初始化完成后启动带中断的基础定时器:

if (HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(&htim1) != HAL_OK)
{
    Error_Handler();
}

Start_ITStart 的区别是前者同时打开更新中断请求。建议检查返回值,避免句柄状态异常时仍假定定时器已经工作。

如果 LED 不闪,可按信号链逐项排查:

  1. 时钟树是否使 TIM1CLK 为预期频率。
  2. PSC=7199、ARR=9999 是否写入。
  3. HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT() 是否执行且返回 HAL_OK
  4. DIER.UIECR1.CEN 和 NVIC 的 TIM1_UP 通道是否打开。
  5. TIM1_UP_IRQHandler() 是否调用 HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(&htim1)
  6. 回调签名是否完全正确,是否判断到了 TIM1。
  7. PB5 的 GPIO 模式与低有效 LED 电路是否正确。

完成上述链路后,TIM1 每秒产生一次更新事件,CPU 经 IRQHandler 和 HAL 分发进入回调,LED1 的输出电平随之翻转。